1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 168 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 169 continue; 170 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 171 } 172 if (BaseRD) { 173 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 174 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 175 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 176 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 177 } 178 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 179 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 183 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 184 break; 185 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 186 break; 187 } 188 } 189 } 190 } 191 192 return FoundTypeDecl; 193 } 194 195 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 196 const IdentifierInfo &II, 197 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 198 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 199 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 200 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 201 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 203 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 204 DC = DC->getParent()) { 205 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 206 // templates. 207 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 208 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 209 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 210 } 211 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 212 return nullptr; 213 214 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 215 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 216 // lookup during template instantiation. 217 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 218 219 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 220 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 221 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 222 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 223 224 CXXScopeSpec SS; 225 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 227 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 228 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 229 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 230 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 231 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 232 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 233 } 234 235 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 236 /// return the declaration of that type. 237 /// 238 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 239 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 240 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 241 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 242 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 243 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 244 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 245 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 246 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 247 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 248 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 249 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 250 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 251 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 252 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 253 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 254 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 256 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 257 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 258 259 if (!LookupCtx) { 260 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 261 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 262 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 263 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 264 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 265 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 266 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 267 // 268 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 269 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 270 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 271 return nullptr; 272 273 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 274 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 275 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 276 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 277 278 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 279 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 280 II, NameLoc); 281 return ParsedType::make(T); 282 } 283 284 return nullptr; 285 } 286 287 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 288 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 289 return nullptr; 290 } 291 292 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 293 // lookup for class-names. 294 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 295 LookupOrdinaryName; 296 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 297 if (LookupCtx) { 298 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 299 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 300 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 301 // nested-name-specifier. 302 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 303 304 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 305 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 306 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 307 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 308 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 309 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 310 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 311 LookupName(Result, S); 312 } 313 } else { 314 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 315 LookupName(Result, S); 316 317 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 318 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 319 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 320 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 321 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 322 return TypeInBase; 323 } 324 } 325 326 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 327 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 328 case LookupResult::NotFound: 329 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 330 if (CorrectedII) { 331 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 332 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 333 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 334 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 335 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 336 TemplateTy Template; 337 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 338 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 339 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 340 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 341 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 342 if (SS && NNS) { 343 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 344 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 345 } 346 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 347 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 348 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 349 // is handled elsewhere). 350 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 351 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 352 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 353 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 354 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 355 IsCtorOrDtorName, 356 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 357 if (Ty) { 358 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 359 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 360 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 361 if (SS && NNS) 362 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 363 *CorrectedII = NewII; 364 return Ty; 365 } 366 } 367 } 368 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 369 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 370 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 371 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 372 return nullptr; 373 374 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 375 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 376 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 377 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 378 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 379 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 380 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 381 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 382 return nullptr; 383 } 384 385 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 386 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 387 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 388 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 389 if (!IIDecl || 390 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 391 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 392 IIDecl = *Res; 393 } 394 } 395 396 if (!IIDecl) { 397 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 398 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 399 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 400 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 401 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 402 // a type name. 403 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 404 return nullptr; 405 } 406 407 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 408 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 409 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 410 // perform the name lookup again. 411 break; 412 413 case LookupResult::Found: 414 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 415 break; 416 } 417 418 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 419 420 QualType T; 421 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 422 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 423 424 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 425 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 426 427 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 428 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 429 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 430 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 431 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 432 // Construct a type with type-source information. 433 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 434 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 435 436 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 437 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 438 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 439 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 440 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 441 } else { 442 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 443 } 444 } 445 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 446 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 447 if (!HasTrailingDot) 448 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 449 } 450 451 if (T.isNull()) { 452 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 453 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 454 return nullptr; 455 } 456 return ParsedType::make(T); 457 } 458 459 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 460 static NestedNameSpecifier * 461 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 462 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 463 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 464 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 465 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 467 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 468 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 469 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 470 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 471 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 472 } 473 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 474 } 475 476 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 477 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 478 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 479 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 480 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 481 482 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 483 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 484 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 485 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 486 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 487 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 488 489 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 490 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 491 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 492 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 493 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 494 495 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 496 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 497 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 498 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 499 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 500 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 501 } 502 503 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 504 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 505 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 506 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 507 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 508 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 509 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 510 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 511 LookupName(R, S, false); 512 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 513 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 514 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 515 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 516 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 517 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 518 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 519 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 520 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 521 } 522 } 523 524 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 525 } 526 527 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 528 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 529 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 530 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 531 /// @code 532 /// template<class T> class A { 533 /// public: 534 /// typedef int TYPE; 535 /// }; 536 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 537 /// public: 538 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 539 /// }; 540 /// @endcode 541 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 542 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 543 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 544 return true; 545 546 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 547 548 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 549 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 550 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 551 return true; 552 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 555 } 556 557 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 558 SourceLocation IILoc, 559 Scope *S, 560 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 561 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 562 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 563 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 564 SuggestedType = nullptr; 565 566 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 567 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 568 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 569 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 570 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 571 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 572 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 573 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 574 // We corrected to a keyword. 575 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 576 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 577 } else { 578 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 579 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 580 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 581 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 582 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 583 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 584 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 585 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 586 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 587 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 588 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 589 } else { 590 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 591 } 592 593 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 594 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 595 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 596 SourceRange(IILoc)); 597 SuggestedType = 598 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 599 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 600 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 601 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 602 } 603 return; 604 } 605 606 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 607 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 608 UnqualifiedId Name; 609 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 610 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 611 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 612 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 613 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 614 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 615 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 616 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 617 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 618 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 619 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 620 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 621 } 622 return; 623 } 624 } 625 626 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 627 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 628 629 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 631 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 632 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 633 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 634 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 635 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 636 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 637 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 638 639 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 640 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 641 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 642 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 643 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 644 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 645 } else { 646 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 647 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 648 } 649 } 650 651 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 652 /// or 653 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 654 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 655 NextToken.is(tok::less); 656 657 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 658 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 659 return true; 660 661 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 662 return true; 663 } 664 665 return false; 666 } 667 668 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 669 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 670 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 671 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 672 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 673 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 674 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 675 StringRef FixItTagName; 676 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 677 case TTK_Class: 678 FixItTagName = "class "; 679 break; 680 681 case TTK_Enum: 682 FixItTagName = "enum "; 683 break; 684 685 case TTK_Struct: 686 FixItTagName = "struct "; 687 break; 688 689 case TTK_Interface: 690 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 691 break; 692 693 case TTK_Union: 694 FixItTagName = "union "; 695 break; 696 } 697 698 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 699 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 700 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 701 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 702 703 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 704 I != IEnd; ++I) 705 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 706 << Name << TagName; 707 708 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 709 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 710 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 711 return true; 712 } 713 714 return false; 715 } 716 717 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 718 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 719 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 720 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 721 722 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 723 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 724 725 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 726 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 727 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 728 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 729 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 730 } 731 732 Sema::NameClassification 733 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 734 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 735 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 736 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 737 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 738 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 739 740 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 741 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 742 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 743 } 744 745 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 746 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 747 748 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 749 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 750 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 751 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 752 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 753 return TypeInBase; 754 } 755 756 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 757 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 758 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 759 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 760 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 761 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 762 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 763 return E; 764 } 765 766 bool SecondTry = false; 767 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 768 769 Corrected: 770 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 771 case LookupResult::NotFound: 772 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 773 // call. 774 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 775 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 776 // FIXME: Reference? 777 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 778 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 779 780 // C90 6.3.2.2: 781 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 782 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 783 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 784 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 785 // the function call, the declaration 786 // 787 // extern int identifier (); 788 // 789 // appeared. 790 // 791 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 792 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 793 Result.addDecl(D); 794 Result.resolveKind(); 795 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 796 } 797 } 798 799 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 800 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 801 // "struct", or "union". 802 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 803 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 804 break; 805 } 806 807 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 808 // close to this name. 809 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 810 SecondTry = true; 811 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 812 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 813 &SS, std::move(CCC), 814 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 815 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 816 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 817 818 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 819 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 820 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 821 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 822 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 823 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 824 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 825 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 827 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 828 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 829 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 830 } 831 832 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 833 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 834 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 835 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 836 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 837 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 838 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 839 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 840 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 841 } 842 843 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 844 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 845 846 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 847 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 848 return Name; 849 850 // Also update the LookupResult... 851 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 852 Result.clear(); 853 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 854 if (FirstDecl) 855 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 856 857 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 858 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 859 // reference the ivar. 860 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 861 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 862 Result.clear(); 863 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 864 return E; 865 } 866 867 goto Corrected; 868 } 869 } 870 871 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 872 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 873 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 874 875 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 876 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 877 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 878 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 879 880 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 881 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 882 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 883 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 884 // qualified by the keyword typename. 885 // 886 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 887 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 888 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 889 // keyword here. 890 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 891 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 892 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 893 } 894 895 case LookupResult::Found: 896 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 897 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 898 break; 899 900 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 901 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 902 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 903 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 904 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 905 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 906 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 907 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 908 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 909 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 910 // ambiguous. 911 // 912 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 913 // so try again after filtering out template names. 914 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 915 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 916 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 917 break; 918 } 919 } 920 921 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 922 return NameClassification::Error(); 923 } 924 925 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 926 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 927 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 928 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 929 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 930 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 931 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 932 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 933 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 934 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 935 936 if (!Result.empty()) { 937 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 938 bool IsVarTemplate; 939 TemplateName Template; 940 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 941 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 942 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 943 Result.end()); 944 } else { 945 TemplateDecl *TD 946 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 947 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 949 950 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 951 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 952 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 953 TD); 954 else 955 Template = TemplateName(TD); 956 } 957 958 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 959 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 960 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 961 // to based on which function we selected. 962 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 963 964 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 965 } 966 967 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 968 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 969 } 970 } 971 972 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 973 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 974 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 975 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 976 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 977 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 978 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 979 return ParsedType::make(T); 980 } 981 982 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 983 if (!Class) { 984 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 985 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 986 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 987 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 988 } 989 990 if (Class) { 991 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 992 993 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 994 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 995 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 996 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 997 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 998 } 999 1000 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1001 return ParsedType::make(T); 1002 } 1003 1004 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1005 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1006 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1007 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1008 1009 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1010 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1011 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1012 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1013 (NextIsOp && 1014 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1015 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1016 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1017 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1018 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1019 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1020 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1021 return ParsedType::make(T); 1022 } 1023 1024 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1025 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1026 nullptr, S); 1027 1028 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1029 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1030 } 1031 1032 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1033 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1034 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1035 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1036 1037 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1038 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1039 // the context we'll need to return to. 1040 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1041 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1042 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1043 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1044 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1045 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1046 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1047 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1048 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1049 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1050 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1051 1052 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1053 // lexical context. 1054 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1055 return DC; 1056 1057 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1058 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1059 // class is the context we need to return to. 1060 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1061 DC = RD; 1062 1063 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1064 // declared in. 1065 return DC; 1066 } 1067 1068 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1069 } 1070 1071 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1072 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1073 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1074 CurContext = DC; 1075 S->setEntity(DC); 1076 } 1077 1078 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1079 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1080 1081 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1082 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1083 } 1084 1085 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1086 Decl *D) { 1087 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1088 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1089 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1090 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1091 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1092 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1093 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1094 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1095 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1096 return Result; 1097 } 1098 1099 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1100 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1101 } 1102 1103 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1104 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1105 /// 1106 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1107 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1108 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1109 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1110 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1111 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1112 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1113 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1114 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1115 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1116 // namespace. 1117 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1118 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1119 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1120 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1121 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1122 1123 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1124 1125 #ifndef NDEBUG 1126 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1127 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1128 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1129 #endif 1130 1131 CurContext = DC; 1132 S->setEntity(DC); 1133 } 1134 1135 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1136 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1137 1138 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1139 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1140 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1141 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1142 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1143 1144 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1145 // disappear. 1146 } 1147 1148 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1149 // We assume that the caller has already called 1150 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1151 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1152 if (!FD) 1153 return; 1154 1155 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1156 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1157 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1158 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1159 CurContext = FD; 1160 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1161 1162 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1163 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1164 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1165 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1166 S->AddDecl(Param); 1167 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1168 } 1169 } 1170 } 1171 1172 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1173 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1174 // rather than the top-level class. 1175 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1176 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1177 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1178 } 1179 1180 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1181 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1182 /// 1183 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1184 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1185 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1186 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1187 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1188 /// attribute. 1189 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1190 ASTContext &Context) { 1191 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1192 return true; 1193 1194 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1195 return true; 1196 1197 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1198 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1199 } 1200 1201 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1202 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1203 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1204 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1205 // scope. 1206 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1207 S = S->getParent(); 1208 1209 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1210 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1211 // into any context. 1212 if (AddToContext) 1213 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1214 1215 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1216 // are function-local declarations. 1217 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1218 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1219 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1220 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1221 return; 1222 1223 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1224 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1225 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1226 return; 1227 1228 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1229 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1230 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1231 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1232 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1233 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1234 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1235 1236 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1237 break; 1238 } 1239 } 1240 1241 S->AddDecl(D); 1242 1243 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1244 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1245 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1246 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1247 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1248 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1249 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1250 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1251 continue; 1252 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1253 break; 1254 } 1255 1256 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1257 } else { 1258 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1259 } 1260 } 1261 1262 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1263 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1264 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1265 } 1266 1267 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1268 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1269 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1270 } 1271 1272 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1273 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1274 do { 1275 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1276 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1277 return S; 1278 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1279 1280 return nullptr; 1281 } 1282 1283 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1284 DeclContext*, 1285 ASTContext&); 1286 1287 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1288 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1289 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1290 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1291 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1292 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1293 while (F.hasNext()) { 1294 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1295 1296 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1297 continue; 1298 1299 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1300 continue; 1301 1302 F.erase(); 1303 } 1304 1305 F.done(); 1306 } 1307 1308 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1309 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1310 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1311 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1312 } 1313 1314 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1315 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1316 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1317 while (F.hasNext()) 1318 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1319 F.erase(); 1320 1321 F.done(); 1322 } 1323 1324 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1325 /// @code 1326 /// class S { 1327 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1328 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1329 /// }; 1330 /// @endcode 1331 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1332 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1333 // the decl here. 1334 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1335 return false; 1336 1337 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1338 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1339 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1340 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1341 return false; 1342 } 1343 1344 // We need this to handle 1345 // 1346 // typedef struct { 1347 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1348 // } A; 1349 // 1350 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1351 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1352 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1353 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1354 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1355 // not. 1356 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1357 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1358 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1359 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1360 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1361 return true; 1362 } 1363 DC = DC->getParent(); 1364 } 1365 1366 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1367 } 1368 1369 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1370 // these semantics. 1371 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1372 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1373 return false; 1374 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1375 } 1376 1377 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1378 assert(D); 1379 1380 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1381 return false; 1382 1383 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1384 // of members of class templates. 1385 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1386 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1387 return false; 1388 1389 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1390 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1391 return false; 1392 1393 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1394 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1395 return false; 1396 } else { 1397 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1398 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1399 return false; 1400 } 1401 1402 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1403 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1404 return false; 1405 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1406 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1407 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1408 // like "inline".) 1409 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1410 return false; 1411 1412 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1413 return false; 1414 1415 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1416 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1417 return false; 1418 } else { 1419 return false; 1420 } 1421 1422 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1423 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1424 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1425 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1426 } 1427 1428 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1429 if (!D) 1430 return; 1431 1432 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1433 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1434 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1435 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1436 } 1437 1438 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1439 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1440 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1441 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1442 } 1443 1444 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1445 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1446 } 1447 1448 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1449 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1450 return false; 1451 1452 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1453 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1454 return false; 1455 1456 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1457 return true; 1458 1459 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1460 // functions. 1461 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1462 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1463 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1464 WithinFunction = 1465 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1466 if (!WithinFunction) 1467 return false; 1468 1469 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1470 return true; 1471 1472 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1473 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1474 return false; 1475 1476 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1477 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1478 1479 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1480 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1481 1482 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1483 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1484 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1485 return false; 1486 } 1487 1488 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1489 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1490 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1491 return false; 1492 1493 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1494 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1495 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1496 return false; 1497 1498 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1499 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1500 return false; 1501 1502 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1503 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1504 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1505 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1506 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1507 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1508 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1509 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1510 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1511 return false; 1512 } 1513 } 1514 } 1515 } 1516 1517 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1518 } 1519 1520 return true; 1521 } 1522 1523 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1524 FixItHint &Hint) { 1525 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1526 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1527 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1528 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1529 return; 1530 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1531 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1532 } 1533 } 1534 1535 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1536 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1537 return; 1538 1539 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1540 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1541 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1542 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1543 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1544 } 1545 } 1546 1547 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1548 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1549 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1550 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1551 return; 1552 1553 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1554 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1555 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1556 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1557 return; 1558 } 1559 1560 FixItHint Hint; 1561 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1562 1563 unsigned DiagID; 1564 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1565 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1566 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1567 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1568 else 1569 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1570 1571 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1572 } 1573 1574 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1575 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1576 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1577 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1578 // MS inline assembly label name. 1579 bool Diagnose = false; 1580 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1581 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1582 else 1583 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1584 if (Diagnose) 1585 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1586 } 1587 1588 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1589 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1590 1591 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1592 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1593 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1594 1595 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1596 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1597 1598 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1599 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1600 1601 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1602 1603 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1604 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1605 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1606 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1607 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1608 } 1609 1610 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1611 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1612 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1613 1614 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1615 // already. 1616 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1617 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1618 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1619 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1620 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1621 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1622 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1623 } 1624 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1625 } 1626 } 1627 } 1628 1629 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1630 /// 1631 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1632 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1633 /// to the fixed name. 1634 /// 1635 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1636 /// 1637 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1638 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1639 /// 1640 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1641 /// class could not be found. 1642 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1643 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1644 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1645 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1646 // creation from this context. 1647 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1648 1649 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1650 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1651 // find an Objective-C class name. 1652 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1653 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1654 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1655 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1656 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1657 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1658 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1659 } 1660 } 1661 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1662 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1663 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1664 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1665 return Def; 1666 } 1667 1668 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1669 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1670 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1671 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1672 /// ill-formed in C++: 1673 /// @code 1674 /// struct S6 { 1675 /// enum { BAR } e; 1676 /// }; 1677 /// 1678 /// void test_S6() { 1679 /// struct S6 a; 1680 /// a.e = BAR; 1681 /// } 1682 /// @endcode 1683 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1684 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1685 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1686 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1687 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1688 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1689 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1690 /// contain non-field names. 1691 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1692 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1693 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1694 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1695 S = S->getParent(); 1696 return S; 1697 } 1698 1699 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1700 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1701 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1702 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1703 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1704 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1705 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1706 return; 1707 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1708 1709 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1710 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1711 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1712 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1713 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1714 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1715 } 1716 1717 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1718 switch (Error) { 1719 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1720 return ""; 1721 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1722 return "stdio.h"; 1723 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1724 return "setjmp.h"; 1725 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1726 return "ucontext.h"; 1727 } 1728 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1729 } 1730 1731 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1732 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1733 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1734 /// built-in. 1735 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1736 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1737 SourceLocation Loc) { 1738 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1739 1740 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1741 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1742 if (Error) { 1743 if (ForRedeclaration) 1744 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1745 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1746 return nullptr; 1747 } 1748 1749 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1750 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1751 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1752 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1753 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1754 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1755 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1756 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1757 } 1758 1759 if (R.isNull()) 1760 return nullptr; 1761 1762 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1763 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1764 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1765 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1766 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1767 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1768 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1769 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1770 } 1771 1772 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1773 Parent, 1774 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1775 SC_Extern, 1776 false, 1777 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1778 New->setImplicit(); 1779 1780 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1781 // FunctionDecl. 1782 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1783 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1784 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1785 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1786 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1787 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1788 SC_None, nullptr); 1789 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1790 Params.push_back(parm); 1791 } 1792 New->setParams(Params); 1793 } 1794 1795 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1796 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1797 1798 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1799 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1800 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1801 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1802 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1803 CurContext = Parent; 1804 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1805 CurContext = SavedContext; 1806 return New; 1807 } 1808 1809 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1810 /// entity if their types are the same. 1811 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1812 /// isSameEntity. 1813 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1814 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1815 LookupResult &Previous) { 1816 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1817 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1818 return; 1819 1820 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1821 if (Previous.empty()) 1822 return; 1823 1824 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1825 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1826 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1827 1828 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1829 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1830 continue; 1831 1832 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1833 // different linkages. 1834 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1835 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1836 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1837 continue; 1838 1839 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1840 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1841 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1842 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1843 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1844 continue; 1845 } 1846 1847 Filter.erase(); 1848 } 1849 1850 Filter.done(); 1851 } 1852 1853 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1854 QualType OldType; 1855 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1856 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1857 else 1858 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1859 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1860 1861 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1862 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1863 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1864 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1865 << Kind << NewType; 1866 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1867 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1868 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1869 return true; 1870 } 1871 1872 if (OldType != NewType && 1873 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1874 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1875 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1876 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1877 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1878 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1879 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1880 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1881 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1882 return true; 1883 } 1884 return false; 1885 } 1886 1887 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1888 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1889 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1890 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1891 /// 1892 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1893 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1894 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1895 // merging checks. 1896 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1897 1898 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1899 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1900 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1901 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1902 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1903 default: break; 1904 case 2: 1905 { 1906 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1907 break; 1908 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1909 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1910 break; 1911 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1912 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1913 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1914 break; 1915 } 1916 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1917 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1918 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1919 return; 1920 } 1921 case 5: 1922 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1923 break; 1924 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1925 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1926 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1927 return; 1928 case 3: 1929 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1930 break; 1931 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1932 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1933 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1934 return; 1935 } 1936 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1937 } 1938 1939 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1940 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1941 if (!Old) { 1942 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1943 << New->getDeclName(); 1944 1945 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1946 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1947 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1948 1949 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1950 } 1951 1952 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1953 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1954 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1955 1956 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1957 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1958 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1959 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1960 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1961 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1962 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1963 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1964 // instead of our tag. 1965 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1966 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1967 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1968 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1969 else 1970 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1971 1972 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1973 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1974 1975 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 1976 // out of the scope. 1977 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 1978 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 1979 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 1980 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 1981 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 1982 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 1983 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 1984 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 1985 } 1986 } 1987 } 1988 } 1989 1990 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1991 // with any extensions enabled. 1992 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1993 return; 1994 1995 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1996 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1997 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1998 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1999 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2000 } 2001 2002 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2003 return; 2004 2005 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2006 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2007 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2008 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2009 // to the type to which it already refers. 2010 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2011 return; 2012 2013 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2014 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2015 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2016 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2017 // 2018 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2019 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2020 // 2021 // struct S { 2022 // typedef struct A { } A; 2023 // }; 2024 // 2025 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2026 // allow the above but disallow 2027 // 2028 // struct S { 2029 // typedef int I; 2030 // typedef int I; 2031 // }; 2032 // 2033 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2034 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2035 return; 2036 2037 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2038 << New->getDeclName(); 2039 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2040 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2041 } 2042 2043 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2044 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2045 return; 2046 2047 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2048 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2049 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2050 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2051 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2052 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2053 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2054 return; 2055 2056 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2057 << New->getDeclName(); 2058 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2059 } 2060 2061 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2062 /// attribute. 2063 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2064 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2065 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2066 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2067 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2068 if (Ann) { 2069 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2070 return true; 2071 continue; 2072 } 2073 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2074 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2075 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2076 return true; 2077 } 2078 2079 return false; 2080 } 2081 2082 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2083 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2084 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2085 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2086 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2087 return true; 2088 } 2089 2090 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2091 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2092 /// 2093 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2094 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2095 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2096 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2097 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2098 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2099 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2100 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2101 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2102 // in a case like: 2103 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2104 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2105 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2106 // definition in such a case. 2107 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2108 return false; 2109 2110 if (I->isAlignas()) 2111 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2112 2113 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2114 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2115 OldAlign = Align; 2116 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2117 } 2118 } 2119 2120 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2121 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2122 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2123 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2124 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2125 return false; 2126 2127 if (I->isAlignas()) 2128 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2129 2130 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2131 if (Align > NewAlign) 2132 NewAlign = Align; 2133 } 2134 2135 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2136 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2137 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2138 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2139 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2140 2141 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2142 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2143 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2144 QualType Ty; 2145 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2146 Ty = VD->getType(); 2147 else 2148 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2149 2150 if (OldAlign == 0) 2151 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2152 if (NewAlign == 0) 2153 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2154 } 2155 2156 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2157 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2158 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2159 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2160 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2161 } 2162 } 2163 2164 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2165 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2166 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2167 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2168 // equivalent alignment. 2169 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2170 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2171 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2172 // have no alignment specifier. 2173 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2174 << OldAlignasAttr; 2175 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2176 << OldAlignasAttr; 2177 } 2178 2179 bool AnyAdded = false; 2180 2181 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2182 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2183 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2184 Clone->setInherited(true); 2185 New->addAttr(Clone); 2186 AnyAdded = true; 2187 } 2188 2189 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2190 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2191 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2192 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2193 Clone->setInherited(true); 2194 New->addAttr(Clone); 2195 AnyAdded = true; 2196 } 2197 2198 return AnyAdded; 2199 } 2200 2201 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2202 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2203 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2204 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2205 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2206 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2207 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2208 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2209 AA->getDeprecated(), 2210 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2211 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2212 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2213 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2214 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2215 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2216 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2217 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2218 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2219 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2220 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2221 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2222 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2223 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2224 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2225 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2226 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2227 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2228 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2229 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2230 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2231 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2232 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2233 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2234 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2235 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2236 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2237 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2238 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2239 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2240 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2241 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2242 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2243 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2244 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2245 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2246 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2247 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2248 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2249 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2250 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2251 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2252 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2253 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2254 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2255 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2256 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2257 NewAttr = nullptr; 2258 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2259 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2260 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2261 NewAttr = nullptr; 2262 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2263 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2264 2265 if (NewAttr) { 2266 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2267 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2268 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2269 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2270 return true; 2271 } 2272 2273 return false; 2274 } 2275 2276 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2277 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2278 return TD->getDefinition(); 2279 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2280 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2281 if (Def) 2282 return Def; 2283 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2284 } 2285 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2286 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2287 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2288 return Def; 2289 } 2290 return nullptr; 2291 } 2292 2293 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2294 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2295 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2296 return true; 2297 return false; 2298 } 2299 2300 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2301 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2302 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2303 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2304 return; 2305 2306 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2307 if (!Def || Def == New) 2308 return; 2309 2310 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2311 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2312 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2313 2314 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2315 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2316 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2317 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2318 2319 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2320 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2321 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2322 --E; 2323 continue; 2324 } 2325 } else { 2326 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2327 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2328 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2329 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2330 : diag::err_redefinition; 2331 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2332 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2333 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2334 } 2335 ++I; 2336 continue; 2337 } 2338 2339 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2340 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2341 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2342 ++I; 2343 continue; 2344 } 2345 } 2346 2347 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2348 ++I; 2349 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2350 } 2351 2352 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2353 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2354 ++I; 2355 continue; 2356 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2357 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2358 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2359 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2360 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2361 // equivalent alignment. 2362 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2363 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2364 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2365 // have no alignment specifier. 2366 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2367 << AA; 2368 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2369 << AA; 2370 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2371 --E; 2372 continue; 2373 } 2374 } 2375 2376 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2377 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2378 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2379 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2380 --E; 2381 } 2382 } 2383 2384 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2385 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2386 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2387 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2388 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2389 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2390 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2391 } 2392 2393 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2394 return; 2395 2396 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2397 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2398 2399 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2400 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2401 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2402 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2403 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2404 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2405 } 2406 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2407 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2408 // already been ODR-used. 2409 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2410 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2411 } 2412 } 2413 2414 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2415 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2416 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2417 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2418 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2419 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2420 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2421 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2422 << NewTag; 2423 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2424 } 2425 } 2426 } else { 2427 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2428 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2429 } 2430 } 2431 2432 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2433 return; 2434 2435 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2436 2437 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2438 // we process them. 2439 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2440 2441 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2442 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2443 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2444 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2445 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2446 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2447 switch (AMK) { 2448 case AMK_None: 2449 continue; 2450 2451 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2452 case AMK_Override: 2453 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2454 LocalAMK = AMK; 2455 break; 2456 } 2457 } 2458 2459 // Already handled. 2460 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2461 continue; 2462 2463 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2464 foundAny = true; 2465 } 2466 2467 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2468 foundAny = true; 2469 2470 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2471 } 2472 2473 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2474 /// to the new one. 2475 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2476 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2477 Sema &S) { 2478 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2479 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2480 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2481 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2482 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2483 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2484 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2485 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2486 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2487 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2488 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2489 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2490 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2491 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2492 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2493 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2494 } 2495 2496 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2497 return; 2498 2499 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2500 2501 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2502 // done before we process them. 2503 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2504 2505 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2506 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2507 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2508 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2509 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2510 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2511 foundAny = true; 2512 } 2513 } 2514 2515 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2516 } 2517 2518 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2519 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2520 Sema &S) { 2521 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2522 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2523 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2524 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2525 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2526 *Newnullability, 2527 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2528 != 0)) 2529 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2530 *Oldnullability, 2531 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2532 != 0)); 2533 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2534 } 2535 } else { 2536 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2537 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2538 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2539 NewT, NewT); 2540 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2541 } 2542 } 2543 } 2544 2545 namespace { 2546 2547 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2548 /// C. 2549 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2550 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2551 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2552 QualType PromotedType; 2553 }; 2554 2555 } // end anonymous namespace 2556 2557 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2558 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2559 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2560 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2561 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2562 2563 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2564 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2565 2566 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2567 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2568 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2569 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2570 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2571 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2572 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2573 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2574 } 2575 2576 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2577 } 2578 2579 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2580 // declaration, or a declaration. 2581 template <typename T> 2582 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2583 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2584 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2585 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2586 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2587 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2588 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2589 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2590 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2591 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2592 } else 2593 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2594 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2595 } 2596 2597 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2598 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2599 /// GNU89 mode. 2600 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2601 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2602 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2603 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2604 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2605 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2606 } 2607 2608 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2609 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2610 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2611 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2612 return AT; 2613 } 2614 2615 template <typename T> 2616 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2617 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2618 if (DC->isRecord()) 2619 return false; 2620 2621 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2622 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2623 return true; 2624 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2625 return true; 2626 return false; 2627 } 2628 2629 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2630 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2631 2632 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2633 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2634 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2635 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2636 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2637 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2638 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2639 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2640 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2641 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2642 // and function templates; or 2643 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2644 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2645 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2646 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2647 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2648 2649 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2650 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2651 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2652 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2653 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2654 2655 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2656 if (Old && 2657 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2658 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2659 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2660 Old = nullptr; 2661 2662 if (!Old) { 2663 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2664 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2665 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2666 return true; 2667 } 2668 return false; 2669 } 2670 2671 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2672 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2673 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2674 2675 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2676 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2677 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2678 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2679 return true; 2680 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2681 }; 2682 2683 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2684 } 2685 2686 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2687 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2688 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2689 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2690 /// 2691 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2692 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2693 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2694 /// merged with. 2695 /// 2696 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2697 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2698 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2699 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2700 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2701 if (!Old) { 2702 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2703 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2704 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2705 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2706 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2707 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2708 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2709 return true; 2710 } 2711 2712 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2713 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2714 return true; 2715 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2716 } else { 2717 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2718 << New->getDeclName(); 2719 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2720 return true; 2721 } 2722 } 2723 2724 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2725 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2726 return true; 2727 2728 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2729 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2730 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2731 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2732 2733 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2734 // is an extern inline function. 2735 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2736 // storage classes. 2737 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2738 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2739 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2740 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2741 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2742 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2743 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2744 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2745 } else { 2746 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2747 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2748 return true; 2749 } 2750 } 2751 2752 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2753 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2754 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2755 << New->getDeclName(); 2756 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2757 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2758 } 2759 2760 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2761 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2762 // convention of the first. 2763 // 2764 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2765 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2766 // 2767 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2768 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2769 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2770 // 2771 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2772 // other tests to run. 2773 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2774 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2775 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2776 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2777 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2778 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2779 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2780 2781 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2782 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2783 const FunctionType *FT = 2784 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2785 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2786 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2787 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2788 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2789 // there but not here. 2790 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2791 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2792 } else { 2793 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2794 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2795 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2796 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2797 << !FirstCCExplicit 2798 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2799 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2800 2801 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2802 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2803 return true; 2804 } 2805 } 2806 2807 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2808 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2809 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2810 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2811 } 2812 2813 // Merge regparm attribute. 2814 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2815 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2816 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2817 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2818 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2819 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2820 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2821 return true; 2822 } 2823 2824 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2825 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2826 } 2827 2828 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2829 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2830 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2831 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2832 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2833 return true; 2834 } 2835 2836 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2837 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2838 } 2839 2840 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2841 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2842 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2843 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2844 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2845 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2846 } 2847 2848 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2849 // UndefinedButUsed. 2850 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2851 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2852 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2853 Old->isUsed(false) && 2854 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2855 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2856 SourceLocation())); 2857 2858 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2859 // about it. 2860 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2861 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2862 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2863 } 2864 2865 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2866 // redeclaration. 2867 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2868 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2869 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2870 << New->getDeclName(); 2871 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2872 return true; 2873 } 2874 2875 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2876 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2877 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2878 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2879 // cannot be overloaded. 2880 2881 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2882 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2883 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2884 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2885 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2886 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2887 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2888 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2889 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2890 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2891 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2892 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2893 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2894 QualType ResQT; 2895 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2896 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2897 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2898 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2899 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2900 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2901 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2902 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2903 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2904 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2905 else 2906 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2907 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2908 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2909 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2910 return true; 2911 } 2912 else 2913 NewQType = ResQT; 2914 } 2915 2916 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2917 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2918 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2919 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2920 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2921 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2922 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2923 New->setType( 2924 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2925 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2926 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2927 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2928 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2929 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2930 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2931 } 2932 } 2933 2934 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2935 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2936 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2937 // Preserve triviality. 2938 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2939 2940 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2941 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2942 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2943 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2944 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2945 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2946 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2947 2948 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2949 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2950 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2951 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2952 // is a static member function declaration. 2953 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2954 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2955 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2956 return true; 2957 } 2958 2959 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2960 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2961 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2962 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2963 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2964 unsigned NewDiag; 2965 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2966 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2967 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2968 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2969 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2970 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2971 else 2972 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2973 2974 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2975 } else { 2976 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2977 << New << New->getType(); 2978 } 2979 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2980 return true; 2981 2982 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2983 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2984 // 2985 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2986 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2987 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2988 if (isFriend) { 2989 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2990 } else { 2991 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2992 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2993 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2994 return true; 2995 } 2996 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2997 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2998 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2999 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3000 return true; 3001 } 3002 } 3003 3004 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3005 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3006 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3007 // attribute. 3008 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3009 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3010 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3011 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3012 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3013 } 3014 3015 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3016 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3017 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3018 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3019 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3020 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3021 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3022 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3023 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3024 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3025 } 3026 3027 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3028 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3029 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3030 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3031 3032 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3033 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3034 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3035 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 3036 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3037 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3038 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3039 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3040 } 3041 3042 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3043 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3044 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3045 // 3046 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3047 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3048 // linkage within class scope. 3049 // 3050 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3051 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3052 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3053 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3054 } else { 3055 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3056 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3057 return true; 3058 } 3059 } 3060 3061 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3062 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3063 3064 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3065 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3066 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3067 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3068 // when we instantiate the function. 3069 return false; 3070 } 3071 3072 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3073 } 3074 3075 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3076 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3077 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3078 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3079 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3080 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3081 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3082 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3083 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3084 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3085 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3086 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3087 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3088 NewQType = 3089 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3090 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3091 New->setType(NewQType); 3092 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3093 3094 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3095 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3096 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3097 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3098 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3099 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3100 SC_None, nullptr); 3101 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3102 Param->setImplicit(); 3103 Params.push_back(Param); 3104 } 3105 3106 New->setParams(Params); 3107 } 3108 3109 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3110 } 3111 3112 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3113 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3114 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3115 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3116 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3117 // the prototype. 3118 // 3119 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3120 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3121 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3122 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3123 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3124 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3125 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3126 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3127 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3128 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3129 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3130 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3131 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3132 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3133 3134 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3135 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3136 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3137 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3138 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3139 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3140 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3141 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3142 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3143 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3144 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3145 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3146 NewParm->getType(), 3147 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3148 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3149 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3150 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3151 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3152 } else 3153 LooseCompatible = false; 3154 } 3155 3156 if (LooseCompatible) { 3157 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3158 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3159 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3160 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3161 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3162 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3163 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3164 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3165 } 3166 3167 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3168 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3169 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3170 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3171 } 3172 3173 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3174 } 3175 3176 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3177 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3178 3179 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3180 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3181 unsigned BuiltinID; 3182 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3183 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3184 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3185 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3186 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3187 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3188 << Old << Old->getType(); 3189 3190 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3191 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3192 // 3193 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3194 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3195 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3196 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3197 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3198 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3199 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3200 3201 return false; 3202 } 3203 3204 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3205 } 3206 3207 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3208 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3209 return true; 3210 } 3211 3212 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3213 /// known to be compatible. 3214 /// 3215 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3216 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3217 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3218 /// redeclaration of Old. 3219 /// 3220 /// \returns false 3221 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3222 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3223 // Merge the attributes 3224 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3225 3226 // Merge "pure" flag. 3227 if (Old->isPure()) 3228 New->setPure(); 3229 3230 // Merge "used" flag. 3231 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3232 New->setIsUsed(); 3233 3234 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3235 // declarations. 3236 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3237 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3238 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3239 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3240 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3241 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3242 } 3243 3244 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3245 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3246 3247 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3248 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3249 // was visible. 3250 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3251 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3252 New->setType(Merged); 3253 3254 return false; 3255 } 3256 3257 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3258 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3259 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3260 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3261 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3262 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3263 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3264 : AMK_Override; 3265 3266 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3267 3268 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3269 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3270 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3271 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3272 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3273 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3274 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3275 3276 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3277 } 3278 3279 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3280 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3281 3282 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3283 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3284 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3285 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3286 3287 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3288 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3289 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3290 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3291 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3292 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3293 } 3294 3295 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3296 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3297 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3298 /// 3299 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3300 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3301 /// is attached. 3302 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3303 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3304 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3305 return; 3306 3307 QualType MergedT; 3308 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3309 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3310 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3311 return; 3312 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3313 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3314 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3315 } 3316 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3317 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3318 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3319 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3320 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3321 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3322 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3323 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3324 3325 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3326 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3327 // mismatch. 3328 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3329 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3330 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3331 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3332 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3333 continue; 3334 3335 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3336 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3337 } 3338 } 3339 3340 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3341 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3342 NewArray->getElementType())) 3343 MergedT = New->getType(); 3344 } 3345 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3346 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3347 // visible. 3348 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3349 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3350 NewArray->getElementType())) 3351 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3352 } 3353 } 3354 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3355 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3356 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3357 Old->getType()); 3358 } 3359 } else { 3360 // C 6.2.7p2: 3361 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3362 // compatible type. 3363 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3364 } 3365 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3366 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3367 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3368 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3369 // equivalent. 3370 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3371 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3372 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3373 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3374 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3375 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3376 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3377 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3378 return; 3379 } 3380 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3381 } 3382 3383 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3384 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3385 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3386 New->setType(MergedT); 3387 } 3388 3389 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3390 LookupResult &Previous) { 3391 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3392 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3393 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3394 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3395 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3396 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3397 // 3398 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3399 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3400 return false; 3401 3402 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3403 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3404 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3405 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3406 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3407 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3408 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3409 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3410 } else { 3411 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3412 // type unless we're in the same function. 3413 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3414 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3415 } 3416 } 3417 3418 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3419 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3420 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3421 /// 3422 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3423 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3424 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3425 /// 3426 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3427 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3428 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3429 return; 3430 3431 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3432 return; 3433 3434 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3435 3436 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3437 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3438 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3439 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3440 if (NewTemplate) { 3441 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3442 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3443 3444 if (auto *Shadow = 3445 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3446 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3447 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3448 } else { 3449 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3450 3451 if (auto *Shadow = 3452 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3453 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3454 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3455 } 3456 } 3457 if (!Old) { 3458 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3459 << New->getDeclName(); 3460 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3461 diag::note_previous_definition); 3462 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3463 } 3464 3465 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3466 if (NewTemplate && 3467 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3468 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3469 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3470 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3471 3472 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3473 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3474 // 3475 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3476 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3477 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3478 << New->getIdentifier(); 3479 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3480 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3481 } 3482 3483 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3484 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3485 // declaration 3486 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3487 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3488 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3489 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3490 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3491 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3492 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3493 } 3494 3495 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3496 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3497 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3498 << New->getDeclName(); 3499 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3500 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3501 } 3502 3503 // Merge the types. 3504 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3505 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3506 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3507 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3508 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3509 return; 3510 } 3511 3512 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3513 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3514 return; 3515 3516 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3517 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3518 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3519 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3520 3521 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3522 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3523 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3524 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3525 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3526 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3527 << New->getDeclName(); 3528 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3529 } else { 3530 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3531 << New->getDeclName(); 3532 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3533 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3534 } 3535 } 3536 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3537 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3538 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3539 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3540 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3541 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3542 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3543 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3544 // identifier has external linkage. 3545 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3546 /* Okay */; 3547 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3548 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3549 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3550 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3551 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3552 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3553 } 3554 3555 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3556 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3557 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3558 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3559 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3560 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3561 } 3562 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3563 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3564 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3565 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3566 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3567 } 3568 3569 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3570 3571 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3572 // need to check for mismatches. 3573 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3574 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3575 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3576 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3577 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3578 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3579 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3580 } 3581 3582 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3583 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3584 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3585 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3586 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3587 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3588 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3589 } else { 3590 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3591 // static and dynamic initialization. 3592 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3593 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3594 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3595 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3596 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3597 } 3598 } 3599 3600 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3601 VarDecl *Def; 3602 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3603 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3604 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3605 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3606 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3607 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3608 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3609 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3610 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3611 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3612 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3613 } else { 3614 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3615 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3616 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3617 return; 3618 } 3619 } 3620 3621 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3622 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3623 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3624 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3625 return; 3626 } 3627 3628 // Merge "used" flag. 3629 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3630 New->setIsUsed(); 3631 3632 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3633 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3634 if (NewTemplate) 3635 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3636 3637 // Inherit access appropriately. 3638 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3639 if (NewTemplate) 3640 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3641 } 3642 3643 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3644 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3645 Decl * 3646 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3647 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3648 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3649 AnonRecord); 3650 } 3651 3652 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3653 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3654 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3655 // compatibility. 3656 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3657 // targeted. 3658 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3659 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3660 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3661 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3662 } 3663 3664 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3665 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3666 return; 3667 3668 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3669 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3670 // it is anonymous. 3671 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3672 return; 3673 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3674 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3675 Context.setManglingNumber( 3676 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3677 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3678 return; 3679 } 3680 3681 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3682 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3683 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3684 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3685 Context.setManglingNumber( 3686 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3687 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3688 } 3689 } 3690 3691 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3692 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3693 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3694 return; 3695 3696 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3697 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3698 return; 3699 3700 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3701 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3702 3703 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3704 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3705 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3706 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3707 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3708 return; 3709 } 3710 3711 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3712 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3713 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3714 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3715 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3716 // for how to handle it. 3717 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3718 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3719 3720 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3721 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3722 3723 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3724 textToInsert += ' '; 3725 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3726 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3727 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3728 return; 3729 } 3730 3731 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3732 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3733 } 3734 3735 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3736 switch (T) { 3737 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3738 return 0; 3739 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3740 return 1; 3741 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3742 return 2; 3743 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3744 return 3; 3745 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3746 return 4; 3747 default: 3748 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3749 } 3750 } 3751 3752 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3753 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3754 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3755 Decl * 3756 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3757 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3758 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3759 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3760 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3761 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3762 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3763 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3764 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3765 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3766 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3767 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3768 3769 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3770 return nullptr; 3771 3772 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3773 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3774 // it's a Type. 3775 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3776 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3777 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3778 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3779 } 3780 3781 if (Tag) { 3782 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3783 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3784 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3785 return Tag; 3786 } 3787 3788 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3789 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3790 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3791 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3792 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3793 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3794 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3795 } 3796 3797 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3798 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3799 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3800 if (Tag) 3801 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3802 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3803 else 3804 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3805 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3806 return TagD; 3807 } 3808 3809 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3810 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3811 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3812 // its initializer. 3813 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3814 return TagD; 3815 } 3816 3817 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3818 3819 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3820 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3821 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3822 if (TagD && !Tag) 3823 return nullptr; 3824 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3825 } 3826 3827 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3828 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3829 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3830 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3831 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3832 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3833 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3834 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3835 // or an explicit specialization. 3836 // 3837 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3838 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3839 // 3840 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3841 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3842 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3843 return nullptr; 3844 } 3845 3846 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3847 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3848 3849 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3850 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3851 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3852 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3853 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3854 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3855 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3856 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3857 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3858 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3859 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3860 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3861 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3862 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3863 AnonRecord = Record; 3864 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3865 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3866 } 3867 3868 DeclaresAnything = false; 3869 } 3870 } 3871 3872 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3873 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3874 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3875 // 3876 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3877 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3878 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3879 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3880 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3881 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3882 // struct STRUCT; 3883 // union UNION; 3884 // and 3885 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3886 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3887 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3888 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3889 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3890 if (Tag) 3891 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3892 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3893 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3894 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3895 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3896 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3897 3898 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3899 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3900 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3901 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3902 } 3903 3904 DeclaresAnything = false; 3905 } 3906 } 3907 3908 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3909 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3910 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3911 return TagD; 3912 3913 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3914 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3915 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3916 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3917 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3918 DeclaresAnything = false; 3919 3920 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3921 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3922 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3923 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3924 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3925 else 3926 DeclaresAnything = false; 3927 } 3928 3929 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3930 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3931 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3932 << Tag->getTagKind() 3933 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3934 3935 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3936 3937 // C 6.7/2: 3938 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3939 // or the members of an enumeration. 3940 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3941 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3942 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3943 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3944 // previous declaration. 3945 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3946 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3947 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3948 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3949 return TagD; 3950 } 3951 3952 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3953 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3954 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3955 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3956 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3957 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3958 // 3959 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3960 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3961 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3962 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3963 3964 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3965 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3966 // useless. 3967 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3968 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3969 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3970 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3971 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3972 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3973 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3974 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3975 } 3976 3977 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3978 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3979 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3980 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3981 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3982 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3983 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3984 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3985 // Restrict is covered above. 3986 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3987 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3988 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 3989 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 3990 } 3991 3992 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3993 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3994 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3995 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3996 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3997 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3998 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3999 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4000 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4001 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4002 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4003 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4004 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4005 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4006 } 4007 } 4008 4009 return TagD; 4010 } 4011 4012 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4013 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4014 /// 4015 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4016 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4017 Scope *S, 4018 DeclContext *Owner, 4019 DeclarationName Name, 4020 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4021 bool IsUnion) { 4022 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4023 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4024 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4025 4026 // Pick a representative declaration. 4027 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4028 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4029 4030 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4031 return false; 4032 4033 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4034 << IsUnion << Name; 4035 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4036 4037 return true; 4038 } 4039 4040 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4041 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4042 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4043 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4044 /// struct, e.g., 4045 /// 4046 /// @code 4047 /// union { 4048 /// int i; 4049 /// float f; 4050 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4051 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4052 /// @endcode 4053 /// 4054 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4055 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4056 static bool 4057 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4058 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4059 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4060 bool Invalid = false; 4061 4062 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4063 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4064 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4065 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4066 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4067 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4068 VD->getLocation(), 4069 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4070 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4071 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4072 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4073 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4074 Invalid = true; 4075 } else { 4076 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4077 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4078 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4079 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4080 // anonymous union is declared. 4081 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4082 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4083 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4084 else 4085 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4086 4087 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4088 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4089 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4090 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4091 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4092 4093 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4094 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4095 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 4096 4097 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4098 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4099 4100 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4101 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4102 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4103 4104 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4105 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4106 4107 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4108 } 4109 } 4110 } 4111 4112 return Invalid; 4113 } 4114 4115 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4116 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4117 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4118 static StorageClass 4119 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4120 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4121 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4122 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4123 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4124 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4125 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4126 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4127 return SC_None; 4128 return SC_Extern; 4129 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4130 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4131 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4132 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4133 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4134 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4135 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4136 } 4137 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4138 } 4139 4140 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4141 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4142 4143 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4144 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4145 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4146 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4147 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4148 return FD->getLocation(); 4149 } 4150 4151 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4152 } 4153 4154 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4155 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4156 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4157 return; 4158 4159 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4160 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4161 } 4162 4163 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4164 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4165 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4166 return; 4167 4168 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4169 } 4170 4171 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4172 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4173 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4174 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4175 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4176 AccessSpecifier AS, 4177 RecordDecl *Record, 4178 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4179 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4180 4181 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4182 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4183 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4184 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4185 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4186 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4187 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4188 4189 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4190 // structs/unions. 4191 bool Invalid = false; 4192 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4193 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4194 unsigned DiagID; 4195 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4196 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4197 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4198 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4199 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4200 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4201 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4202 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4203 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4204 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4205 4206 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4207 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4208 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4209 } 4210 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4211 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4212 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4213 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4214 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4215 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4216 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4217 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4218 4219 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4220 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4221 SourceLocation(), 4222 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4223 } 4224 } 4225 4226 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4227 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4228 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4229 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4230 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4231 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4232 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4233 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4234 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4235 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4236 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4237 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4238 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4239 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4240 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4241 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4242 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4243 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4244 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4245 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4246 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4247 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4248 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4249 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4250 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4251 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4252 4253 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4254 } 4255 4256 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4257 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4258 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4259 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4260 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4261 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4262 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4263 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4264 // members (clause 11). 4265 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4266 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4267 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4268 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4269 Invalid = true; 4270 } 4271 4272 // C++ [class.union]p1 4273 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4274 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4275 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4276 // array of such objects. 4277 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4278 Invalid = true; 4279 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4280 // Any implicit members are fine. 4281 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4282 // This is a type that showed up in an 4283 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4284 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4285 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4286 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4287 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4288 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4289 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4290 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4291 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4292 << Record->isUnion(); 4293 else { 4294 // This is a nested type declaration. 4295 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4296 << Record->isUnion(); 4297 Invalid = true; 4298 } 4299 } else { 4300 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4301 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4302 // not part of standard C++. 4303 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4304 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4305 << Record->isUnion(); 4306 } 4307 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4308 // Any access specifier is fine. 4309 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4310 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4311 } else { 4312 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4313 // member. Complain about it. 4314 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4315 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4316 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4317 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4318 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4319 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4320 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4321 4322 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4323 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4324 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4325 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4326 << Record->isUnion(); 4327 else { 4328 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4329 Invalid = true; 4330 } 4331 } 4332 } 4333 4334 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4335 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4336 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4337 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4338 Owner->isRecord()) 4339 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4340 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4341 } 4342 4343 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4344 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4345 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4346 Invalid = true; 4347 } 4348 4349 // Mock up a declarator. 4350 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4351 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4352 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4353 4354 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4355 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4356 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4357 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4358 DS.getLocStart(), 4359 Record->getLocation(), 4360 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4361 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4362 TInfo, 4363 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4364 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4365 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4366 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4367 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4368 } else { 4369 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4370 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4371 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4372 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4373 // an error here 4374 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4375 Invalid = true; 4376 SC = SC_None; 4377 } 4378 4379 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4380 DS.getLocStart(), 4381 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4382 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4383 TInfo, SC); 4384 4385 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4386 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4387 // initializer: 4388 // union { int n = 0; }; 4389 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4390 } 4391 Anon->setImplicit(); 4392 4393 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4394 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4395 4396 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4397 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4398 // its members. 4399 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4400 4401 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4402 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4403 // purposes. 4404 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4405 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4406 4407 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4408 Invalid = true; 4409 4410 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4411 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4412 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4413 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4414 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4415 Context.setManglingNumber( 4416 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4417 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4418 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4419 } 4420 } 4421 } 4422 4423 if (Invalid) 4424 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4425 4426 return Anon; 4427 } 4428 4429 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4430 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4431 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4432 /// Example: 4433 /// 4434 /// struct A { int a; }; 4435 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4436 /// 4437 /// void foo() { 4438 /// B var; 4439 /// var.a = 3; 4440 /// } 4441 /// 4442 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4443 RecordDecl *Record) { 4444 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4445 4446 // Mock up a declarator. 4447 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4448 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4449 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4450 4451 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4452 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4453 4454 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4455 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4456 ParentDecl, 4457 DS.getLocStart(), 4458 DS.getLocStart(), 4459 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4460 RecTy, 4461 TInfo, 4462 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4463 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4464 Anon->setImplicit(); 4465 4466 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4467 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4468 4469 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4470 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4471 // purposes. 4472 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4473 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4474 4475 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4476 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4477 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4478 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4479 AS_none, Chain)) { 4480 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4481 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4482 } 4483 4484 return Anon; 4485 } 4486 4487 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4488 /// given Declarator. 4489 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4490 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4491 } 4492 4493 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4494 DeclarationNameInfo 4495 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4496 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4497 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4498 4499 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4500 4501 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4502 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4503 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4504 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4505 return NameInfo; 4506 4507 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4508 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4509 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4510 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4511 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4512 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4513 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4514 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4515 return NameInfo; 4516 4517 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4518 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4519 Name.Identifier)); 4520 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4521 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4522 return NameInfo; 4523 4524 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4525 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4526 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4527 if (Ty.isNull()) 4528 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4529 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4530 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4531 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4532 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4533 return NameInfo; 4534 } 4535 4536 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4537 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4538 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4539 if (Ty.isNull()) 4540 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4541 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4542 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4543 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4544 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4545 return NameInfo; 4546 } 4547 4548 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4549 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4550 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4551 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4552 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4553 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4554 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4555 4556 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4557 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4558 4559 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4560 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4561 // was qualified. 4562 4563 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4564 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4565 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4566 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4567 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4568 return NameInfo; 4569 } 4570 4571 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4572 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4573 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4574 if (Ty.isNull()) 4575 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4576 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4577 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4578 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4579 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4580 return NameInfo; 4581 } 4582 4583 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4584 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4585 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4586 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4587 } 4588 4589 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4590 4591 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4592 } 4593 4594 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4595 do { 4596 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4597 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4598 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4599 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4600 else 4601 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4602 } while (true); 4603 } 4604 4605 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4606 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4607 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4608 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4609 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4610 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4611 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4612 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4613 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4614 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4615 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4616 Params.clear(); 4617 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4618 return false; 4619 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4620 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4621 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4622 4623 // The parameter types are identical 4624 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4625 continue; 4626 4627 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4628 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4629 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4630 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4631 4632 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4633 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4634 Params.push_back(Idx); 4635 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4636 return false; 4637 } 4638 4639 return true; 4640 } 4641 4642 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4643 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4644 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4645 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4646 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4647 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4648 DeclarationName Name) { 4649 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4650 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4651 // - types which will become injected class names 4652 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4653 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4654 // few cases here. 4655 4656 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4657 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4658 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4659 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4660 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4661 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4662 // Grab the type from the parser. 4663 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4664 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4665 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4666 4667 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4668 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4669 // attached already. 4670 if (!TSI) 4671 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4672 4673 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4674 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4675 if (!TSI) return true; 4676 4677 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4678 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4679 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4680 break; 4681 } 4682 4683 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4684 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4685 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4686 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4687 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4688 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4689 break; 4690 } 4691 4692 default: 4693 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4694 break; 4695 } 4696 4697 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4698 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4699 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4700 4701 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4702 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4703 // pointer. 4704 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4705 continue; 4706 4707 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4708 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4709 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4710 return true; 4711 } 4712 4713 return false; 4714 } 4715 4716 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4717 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4718 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4719 4720 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4721 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4722 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4723 4724 return Dcl; 4725 } 4726 4727 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4728 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4729 /// name different from T: 4730 /// - every static data member of class T; 4731 /// - every member function of class T 4732 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4733 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4734 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4736 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4737 4738 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4739 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4740 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4741 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4742 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4743 return true; 4744 } 4745 4746 return false; 4747 } 4748 4749 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4750 /// nested-name-specifier. 4751 /// 4752 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4753 /// 4754 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4755 /// resolves. 4756 /// 4757 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4758 /// 4759 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4760 /// 4761 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4762 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4763 DeclarationName Name, 4764 SourceLocation Loc) { 4765 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4766 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4767 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4768 4769 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4770 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4771 // 4772 // class X { 4773 // void X::f(); 4774 // }; 4775 // 4776 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4777 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4778 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4779 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4780 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4781 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4782 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4783 SS.clear(); 4784 } else { 4785 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4786 } 4787 return false; 4788 } 4789 4790 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4791 // declaration. 4792 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4793 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4794 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4795 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4796 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4797 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4798 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4799 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4800 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4801 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4802 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4803 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4804 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4805 else 4806 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4807 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4808 4809 return true; 4810 } 4811 4812 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4813 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4814 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4815 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4816 SS.clear(); 4817 4818 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4819 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4820 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4821 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4822 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4823 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4824 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4825 return true; 4826 4827 return false; 4828 } 4829 4830 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4831 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4832 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4833 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4834 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4835 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4836 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4837 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4838 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4839 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4840 4841 return false; 4842 } 4843 4844 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4845 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4846 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4847 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4848 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4849 4850 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4851 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4852 if (!Name) { 4853 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4854 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4855 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4856 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4857 return nullptr; 4858 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4859 return nullptr; 4860 4861 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4862 // we find one that is. 4863 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4864 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4865 S = S->getParent(); 4866 4867 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4868 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4869 D.setInvalidType(); 4870 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4871 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4872 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4873 return nullptr; 4874 4875 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4876 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4877 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4878 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4879 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4880 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4881 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4882 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4883 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4884 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4885 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4886 return nullptr; 4887 } 4888 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4889 4890 if (!IsDependentContext && 4891 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4892 return nullptr; 4893 4894 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4895 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4896 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4897 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4898 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4899 return nullptr; 4900 } 4901 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4902 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4903 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4904 if (DC->isRecord()) 4905 return nullptr; 4906 4907 D.setInvalidType(); 4908 } 4909 } 4910 4911 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4912 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4913 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4914 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4915 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4916 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4917 D.setInvalidType(); 4918 } 4919 } 4920 4921 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4922 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4923 4924 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4925 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4926 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4927 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4928 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4929 return nullptr; 4930 4931 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4932 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4933 D.setInvalidType(); 4934 4935 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4936 ForRedeclaration); 4937 4938 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4939 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4940 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4941 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4942 4943 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4944 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4945 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4946 // 4947 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4948 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4949 // the same name. 4950 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4951 /* Do nothing*/; 4952 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4953 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4954 R->isFunctionType())) { 4955 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4956 CreateBuiltins = 4957 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4958 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4959 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4960 CreateBuiltins = true; 4961 4962 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4963 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4964 4965 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4966 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4967 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4968 4969 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4970 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4971 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4972 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4973 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4974 // thereof; [...] 4975 // 4976 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4977 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4978 // we want to match. For example, given: 4979 // 4980 // class X { 4981 // void f(); 4982 // void f(float); 4983 // }; 4984 // 4985 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4986 // 4987 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4988 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4989 // matches. 4990 4991 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4992 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4993 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4994 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4995 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4996 } 4997 4998 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4999 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5000 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5001 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5002 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5003 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5004 5005 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5006 Previous.clear(); 5007 } 5008 5009 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5010 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5011 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5012 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5013 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5014 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5015 Previous.clear(); 5016 5017 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5018 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5019 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5020 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5021 5022 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5023 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5024 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5025 // template, declared in namespace scope 5026 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5027 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5028 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5029 return nullptr; 5030 } 5031 5032 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5033 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5034 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5035 return nullptr; 5036 } 5037 } 5038 5039 NamedDecl *New; 5040 5041 bool AddToScope = true; 5042 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5043 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5044 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5045 return nullptr; 5046 } 5047 5048 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5049 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5050 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5051 TemplateParamLists, 5052 AddToScope); 5053 } else { 5054 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5055 AddToScope); 5056 } 5057 5058 if (!New) 5059 return nullptr; 5060 5061 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 5062 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 5063 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 5064 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 5065 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5066 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5067 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5068 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5069 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5070 if (!AddToContext) 5071 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5072 } 5073 5074 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5075 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5076 5077 return New; 5078 } 5079 5080 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5081 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5082 /// GCC compatibility). 5083 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5084 ASTContext &Context, 5085 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5086 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5087 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5088 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5089 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5090 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5091 SizeIsNegative = false; 5092 Oversized = 0; 5093 5094 if (T->isDependentType()) 5095 return QualType(); 5096 5097 QualifierCollector Qs; 5098 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5099 5100 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5101 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5102 QualType FixedType = 5103 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5104 Oversized); 5105 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5106 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5107 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5108 } 5109 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5110 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5111 QualType FixedType = 5112 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5113 Oversized); 5114 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5115 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5116 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5117 } 5118 5119 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5120 if (!VLATy) 5121 return QualType(); 5122 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5123 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5124 return QualType(); 5125 5126 llvm::APSInt Res; 5127 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5128 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5129 return QualType(); 5130 5131 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5132 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5133 SizeIsNegative = true; 5134 return QualType(); 5135 } 5136 5137 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5138 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5139 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5140 Res); 5141 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5142 Oversized = Res; 5143 return QualType(); 5144 } 5145 5146 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5147 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5148 } 5149 5150 static void 5151 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5152 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5153 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5154 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5155 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5156 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5157 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5158 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5159 return; 5160 } 5161 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5162 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5163 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5164 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5165 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5166 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5167 return; 5168 } 5169 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5170 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5171 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5172 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5173 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5174 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5175 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5176 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5177 } 5178 5179 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5180 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5181 /// GCC compatibility). 5182 static TypeSourceInfo* 5183 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5184 ASTContext &Context, 5185 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5186 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5187 QualType FixedTy 5188 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5189 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5190 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5191 return nullptr; 5192 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5193 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5194 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5195 return FixedTInfo; 5196 } 5197 5198 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5199 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5200 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5201 /// function-scope declarations. 5202 void 5203 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5204 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5205 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5206 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5207 return; 5208 5209 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5210 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5211 } 5212 5213 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5214 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5215 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5216 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5217 } 5218 5219 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5220 /// does not identify a function. 5221 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5222 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5223 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5224 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5225 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5226 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5227 5228 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5229 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5230 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5231 5232 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5233 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5234 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5235 5236 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5237 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5238 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5239 } 5240 5241 NamedDecl* 5242 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5243 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5244 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5245 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5246 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5247 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5248 D.setInvalidType(); 5249 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5250 DC = CurContext; 5251 Previous.clear(); 5252 } 5253 5254 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5255 5256 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5257 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5258 << 1; 5259 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5260 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5261 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5262 5263 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5264 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5265 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5266 return nullptr; 5267 } 5268 5269 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5270 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5271 5272 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5273 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5274 5275 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5276 5277 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5278 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5279 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5280 return ND; 5281 } 5282 5283 void 5284 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5285 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5286 // then it shall have block scope. 5287 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5288 // that redeclarations will match. 5289 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5290 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5291 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5292 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5293 5294 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5295 bool SizeIsNegative; 5296 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5297 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5298 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5299 SizeIsNegative, 5300 Oversized); 5301 if (FixedTInfo) { 5302 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5303 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5304 } else { 5305 if (SizeIsNegative) 5306 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5307 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5308 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5309 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5310 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5311 << Oversized.toString(10); 5312 else 5313 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5314 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5315 } 5316 } 5317 } 5318 } 5319 5320 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5321 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5322 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5323 NamedDecl* 5324 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5325 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5326 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5327 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5328 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5329 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5330 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5331 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5332 Redeclaration = true; 5333 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5334 } 5335 5336 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5337 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5338 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5339 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5340 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5341 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5342 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5343 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5344 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5345 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5346 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5347 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5348 } 5349 5350 return NewTD; 5351 } 5352 5353 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5354 /// previous declaration. 5355 /// 5356 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5357 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5358 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5359 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5360 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5361 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5362 /// 5363 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5364 /// lookup 5365 /// 5366 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5367 /// declared. 5368 /// 5369 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5370 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5371 static bool 5372 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5373 ASTContext &Context) { 5374 if (!PrevDecl) 5375 return false; 5376 5377 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5378 return false; 5379 5380 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5381 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5382 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5383 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5384 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5385 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5386 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5387 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5388 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5389 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5390 return false; 5391 5392 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5393 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5394 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5395 return false; 5396 5397 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5398 // previous declarations. 5399 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5400 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5401 5402 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5403 // isn't the same function. 5404 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5405 return false; 5406 } 5407 5408 return true; 5409 } 5410 5411 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5412 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5413 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5414 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5415 } 5416 5417 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5418 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5419 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5420 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5421 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5422 unsigned kind = -1U; 5423 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5424 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5425 kind = 0; // __block 5426 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5427 kind = 1; // global 5428 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5429 kind = 3; // ivar 5430 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5431 kind = 2; // field 5432 } 5433 5434 if (kind != -1U) { 5435 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5436 << kind; 5437 } 5438 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5439 // Try to infer lifetime. 5440 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5441 return false; 5442 5443 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5444 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5445 decl->setType(type); 5446 } 5447 5448 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5449 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5450 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5451 var->getTLSKind()) { 5452 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5453 << var->getType(); 5454 return true; 5455 } 5456 } 5457 5458 return false; 5459 } 5460 5461 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5462 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5463 // the wrong linkage. 5464 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5465 5466 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5467 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5468 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5469 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5470 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5471 } 5472 } 5473 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5474 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5475 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5476 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5477 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5478 } 5479 } 5480 5481 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5482 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5483 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5484 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5485 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5486 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5487 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5488 } 5489 } 5490 } 5491 5492 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5493 // It does not apply to functions. 5494 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5495 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5496 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5497 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5498 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5499 } 5500 } 5501 5502 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5503 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5504 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5505 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5506 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5507 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5508 << &ND << Attr; 5509 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5510 } 5511 } 5512 5513 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5514 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5515 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5516 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5517 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5518 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5519 << Attr; 5520 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5521 } 5522 } 5523 5524 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5525 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5526 bool IsSpecialization) { 5527 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5528 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5529 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5530 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5531 5532 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5533 return; 5534 5535 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5536 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5537 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5538 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5539 5540 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5541 // inherited attribute instances. 5542 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5543 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5544 5545 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5546 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5547 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5548 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5549 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5550 5551 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5552 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5553 bool JustWarn = false; 5554 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5555 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5556 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5557 JustWarn = true; 5558 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5559 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5560 JustWarn = true; 5561 } 5562 5563 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5564 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5565 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5566 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5567 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5568 JustWarn = false; 5569 5570 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5571 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5572 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5573 << NewDecl 5574 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5575 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5576 if (!JustWarn) { 5577 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5578 return; 5579 } 5580 } 5581 5582 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5583 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5584 // and qualified friend declarations. 5585 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5586 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5587 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5588 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5589 // separately. 5590 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5591 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5592 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5593 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5594 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5595 } 5596 5597 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5598 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5599 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5600 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5601 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5602 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5603 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5604 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5605 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5606 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5607 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5608 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5609 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5610 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5611 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5612 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5613 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5614 } 5615 } 5616 5617 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5618 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5619 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5620 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5621 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5622 5623 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5624 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5625 5626 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5627 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5628 return false; 5629 5630 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5631 5632 #ifndef NDEBUG 5633 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5634 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5635 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5636 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5637 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5638 #endif 5639 5640 bool isC99Inline = 5641 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5642 5643 #ifndef NDEBUG 5644 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5645 #endif 5646 5647 return isC99Inline; 5648 } 5649 5650 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5651 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5652 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5653 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5654 /// 5655 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5656 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5657 /// 5658 /// For instance: 5659 /// 5660 /// auto x = []{}; 5661 /// 5662 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5663 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5664 /// 5665 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5666 template<typename T> 5667 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5668 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5669 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5670 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5671 return false; 5672 5673 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5674 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5675 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5676 return false; 5677 } 5678 return D->isExternC(); 5679 } 5680 5681 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5682 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5683 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5684 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5685 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5686 return true; 5687 if (DC->isRecord()) 5688 return false; 5689 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5690 } 5691 5692 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5693 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5694 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5695 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5696 return true; 5697 if (DC->isRecord()) 5698 return false; 5699 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5700 } 5701 5702 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5703 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5704 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5705 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5706 return true; 5707 return false; 5708 } 5709 5710 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5711 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5712 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5713 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5714 return true; 5715 5716 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5717 // position to the decl itself. 5718 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5719 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5720 return true; 5721 } 5722 5723 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5724 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5725 } 5726 5727 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5728 /// function-local external declaration. 5729 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5730 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5731 return false; 5732 5733 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5734 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5735 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5736 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5737 return true; 5738 5739 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5740 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5741 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5742 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5743 // 5744 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5745 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5746 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5747 DC = DC->getParent(); 5748 return true; 5749 } 5750 5751 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5752 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5753 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5754 return FD->isExternC(); 5755 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5756 return VD->isExternC(); 5757 5758 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5759 } 5760 5761 NamedDecl * 5762 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5763 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5764 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5765 bool &AddToScope) { 5766 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5767 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5768 5769 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5770 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5771 // argument. 5772 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType())) { 5773 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5774 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5775 << R; 5776 D.setInvalidType(); 5777 return nullptr; 5778 } 5779 5780 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5781 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5782 5783 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5784 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5785 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5786 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5787 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5788 SC = SC_Extern; 5789 5790 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5791 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5792 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5793 5794 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5795 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5796 QualType NR = R; 5797 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5798 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5799 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5800 D.setInvalidType(); 5801 break; 5802 } 5803 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5804 } 5805 5806 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5807 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5808 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5809 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5810 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5811 D.setInvalidType(); 5812 } 5813 } 5814 } 5815 5816 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5817 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5818 // an error here 5819 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5820 D.setInvalidType(); 5821 SC = SC_None; 5822 } 5823 5824 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5825 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5826 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5827 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5828 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5829 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5830 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5831 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5832 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5833 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5834 } 5835 5836 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5837 if (!II) { 5838 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5839 << Name; 5840 return nullptr; 5841 } 5842 5843 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5844 5845 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5846 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5847 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5848 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5849 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5850 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5851 D.setInvalidType(); 5852 } 5853 } 5854 5855 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5856 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5857 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5858 // space qualifiers. 5859 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5860 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5861 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5862 } 5863 5864 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5865 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5866 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5867 // address space qualifiers. 5868 if (R->isEventT()) { 5869 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5870 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5871 D.setInvalidType(); 5872 } 5873 5874 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5875 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5876 D.setInvalidType(); 5877 } 5878 } 5879 } 5880 5881 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5882 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5883 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5884 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5885 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5886 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5887 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5888 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5889 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5890 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5891 R, TInfo, SC); 5892 5893 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5894 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5895 5896 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5897 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5898 } else { 5899 bool Invalid = false; 5900 5901 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5902 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5903 switch (SC) { 5904 case SC_None: 5905 break; 5906 case SC_Static: 5907 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5908 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5909 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5910 break; 5911 case SC_Auto: 5912 case SC_Register: 5913 case SC_Extern: 5914 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5915 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5916 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5917 // of class members 5918 5919 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5920 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5921 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5922 break; 5923 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5924 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5925 } 5926 } 5927 5928 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5929 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5930 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5931 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5932 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5933 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5934 5935 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5936 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5937 if (RD->isUnion()) 5938 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5939 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5940 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5941 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5942 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5943 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5944 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5945 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5946 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5947 } 5948 } 5949 5950 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5951 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5952 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5953 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5954 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5955 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5956 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5957 : nullptr, 5958 TemplateParamLists, 5959 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5960 5961 if (TemplateParams) { 5962 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5963 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5964 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5965 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5966 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5967 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5968 << II 5969 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5970 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5971 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5972 } else { 5973 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5974 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5975 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5976 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5977 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5978 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5979 // This is a template declaration. 5980 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5981 5982 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5983 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5984 return nullptr; 5985 5986 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5987 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5988 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5989 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5990 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5991 } 5992 } 5993 } else { 5994 assert( 5995 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5996 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5997 } 5998 5999 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6000 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6001 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6002 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6003 : SourceLocation(); 6004 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6005 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6006 IsPartialSpecialization); 6007 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6008 return nullptr; 6009 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6010 AddToScope = false; 6011 } else 6012 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6013 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6014 6015 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6016 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6017 NewTemplate = 6018 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6019 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6020 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6021 } 6022 6023 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6024 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6025 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6026 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6027 6028 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6029 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6030 if (NewTemplate) 6031 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6032 } 6033 6034 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6035 6036 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6037 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6038 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6039 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6040 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6041 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6042 6043 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 6044 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6045 6046 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6047 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6048 VTD->setConcept(); 6049 6050 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6051 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6052 // specifiers, [...] 6053 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6054 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6055 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6056 << 0 << 0; 6057 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6058 } 6059 6060 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6061 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6062 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6063 << 0 << 3; 6064 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6065 } 6066 6067 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6068 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6069 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6070 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6071 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6072 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6073 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6074 } 6075 6076 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6077 // following restrictions: 6078 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6079 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6080 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6081 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6082 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6083 } 6084 } 6085 } 6086 6087 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6088 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6089 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6090 if (NewTemplate) 6091 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6092 6093 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6094 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6095 6096 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6097 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6098 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6099 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6100 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6101 // explicitly. 6102 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6103 // 'extern'. 6104 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6105 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6106 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6107 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6108 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6109 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6110 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6111 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6112 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6113 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6114 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6115 // error should be ignored. 6116 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6117 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6118 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6119 // to emit any code for it. 6120 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6121 } else 6122 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6123 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6124 } else 6125 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6126 } 6127 6128 // C99 6.7.4p3 6129 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6130 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6131 // thread storage duration... 6132 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6133 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6134 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6135 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6136 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6137 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6138 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6139 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6140 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6141 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6142 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6143 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6144 } 6145 } 6146 6147 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6148 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6149 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6150 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6151 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6152 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6153 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6154 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6155 << 2 6156 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6157 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6158 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6159 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6160 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6161 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6162 else { 6163 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6164 if (NewTemplate) 6165 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6166 } 6167 } 6168 6169 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6170 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6171 6172 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6173 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6174 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6175 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6176 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6177 // storage [duration]." 6178 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6179 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6180 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6181 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6182 } 6183 } 6184 6185 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6186 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6187 // check the VarDecl itself. 6188 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6189 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6190 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6191 6192 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6193 // retainable type. 6194 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6195 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6196 6197 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6198 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6199 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6200 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6201 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6202 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6203 switch (SC) { 6204 case SC_None: 6205 case SC_Auto: 6206 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6207 break; 6208 case SC_Register: 6209 // Local Named register 6210 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6211 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6212 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6213 break; 6214 case SC_Static: 6215 case SC_Extern: 6216 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6217 break; 6218 } 6219 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6220 // Global Named register 6221 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6222 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6223 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6224 6225 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6226 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6227 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6228 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6229 HasSizeMismatch)) 6230 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6231 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6232 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6233 } 6234 6235 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6236 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6237 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6238 } 6239 } 6240 6241 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6242 Context, Label, 0)); 6243 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6244 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6245 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6246 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6247 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6248 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6249 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6250 } else 6251 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6252 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6253 } 6254 } 6255 6256 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6257 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6258 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6259 6260 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6261 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6262 // declaration has linkage). 6263 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6264 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6265 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6266 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6267 6268 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6269 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6270 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6271 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6272 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6273 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6274 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6275 6276 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6277 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6278 } else { 6279 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6280 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6281 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6282 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6283 6284 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6285 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6286 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6287 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6288 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6289 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6290 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6291 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6292 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6293 Previous.clear(); 6294 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6295 } 6296 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6297 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6298 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6299 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6300 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6301 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6302 } 6303 6304 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6305 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6306 6307 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6308 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6309 // concept definition. 6310 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6311 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6312 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6313 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6314 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6315 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6316 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6317 << 1 /*variable*/ 6318 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6319 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6320 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6321 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6322 } 6323 } 6324 } 6325 6326 if (NewTemplate) { 6327 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6328 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6329 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6330 : nullptr; 6331 6332 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6333 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6334 // template declaration. 6335 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6336 TemplateParams, 6337 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6338 : nullptr, 6339 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6340 DC->isDependentContext()) 6341 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6342 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6343 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6344 6345 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6346 // template, make a note of that. 6347 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6348 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6349 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6350 } 6351 } 6352 6353 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6354 6355 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6356 // the map of such variables. 6357 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6358 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6359 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6360 6361 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6362 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6363 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6364 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6365 Context.setManglingNumber( 6366 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6367 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6368 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6369 } 6370 } 6371 6372 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6373 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6374 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6375 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6376 6377 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6378 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6379 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6380 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6381 6382 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6383 // behavior. 6384 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6385 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6386 } 6387 6388 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6389 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6390 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6391 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6392 } 6393 6394 if (NewTemplate) { 6395 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6396 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6397 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6398 return NewTemplate; 6399 } 6400 6401 return NewVD; 6402 } 6403 6404 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6405 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field }; 6406 6407 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6408 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6409 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6410 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6411 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6412 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6413 } 6414 6415 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6416 /// -Wshadow. 6417 /// 6418 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6419 /// scope. 6420 /// 6421 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6422 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6423 /// 6424 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6425 // Return if warning is ignored. 6426 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6427 return; 6428 6429 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6430 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6431 return; 6432 6433 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6434 6435 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6436 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6437 return; 6438 6439 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6440 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6441 return; 6442 6443 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6444 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6445 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6446 if (MD->isStatic()) 6447 return; 6448 6449 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6450 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6451 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6452 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6453 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6454 D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 6455 ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD}); 6456 return; 6457 } 6458 } 6459 6460 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6461 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6462 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6463 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6464 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6465 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6466 ShadowedDecl = I; 6467 break; 6468 } 6469 } 6470 6471 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6472 6473 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6474 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6475 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6476 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6477 return; 6478 6479 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6480 // static data members from base classes? 6481 6482 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6483 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6484 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6485 } 6486 6487 6488 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6489 6490 // Emit warning and note. 6491 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6492 return; 6493 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6494 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6495 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6496 } 6497 6498 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6499 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6500 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6501 return; 6502 6503 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6504 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6505 LookupName(R, S); 6506 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6507 } 6508 6509 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6510 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6511 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6512 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6513 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6514 return; 6515 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6516 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6517 if (!DRE) 6518 return; 6519 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6520 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6521 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6522 return; 6523 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6524 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6525 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6526 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6527 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6528 6529 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6530 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6531 } 6532 6533 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6534 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6535 template<typename T> 6536 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6537 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6538 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6539 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6540 6541 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6542 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6543 // declaration. 6544 return false; 6545 } 6546 6547 if (Prev) { 6548 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6549 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6550 // redeclaration. 6551 Previous.clear(); 6552 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6553 return true; 6554 } 6555 6556 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6557 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6558 // declaration. 6559 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6560 return false; 6561 } else { 6562 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6563 // translation unit which might conflict. 6564 if (IsGlobal) { 6565 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6566 IsGlobal = false; 6567 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6568 I != E; ++I) { 6569 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6570 Prev = *I; 6571 break; 6572 } 6573 } 6574 } else { 6575 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6576 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6577 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6578 I != E; ++I) { 6579 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6580 Prev = *I; 6581 break; 6582 } 6583 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6584 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6585 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6586 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6587 // diagnostic. 6588 } 6589 } 6590 6591 if (!Prev) 6592 return false; 6593 } 6594 6595 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6596 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6597 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6598 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6599 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6600 else 6601 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6602 6603 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6604 << IsGlobal << ND; 6605 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6606 << IsGlobal; 6607 return false; 6608 } 6609 6610 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6611 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6612 /// 6613 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6614 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6615 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6616 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6617 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6618 template<typename T> 6619 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6620 LookupResult &Previous) { 6621 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6622 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6623 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6624 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6625 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6626 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6627 Previous.clear(); 6628 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6629 return true; 6630 } 6631 } 6632 return false; 6633 } 6634 6635 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6636 // declaration. 6637 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6638 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6639 6640 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6641 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6642 // in another scope. 6643 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6644 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6645 6646 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6647 return false; 6648 } 6649 6650 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6651 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6652 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6653 return; 6654 6655 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6656 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6657 6658 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6659 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6660 return; 6661 6662 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6663 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6664 6665 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6666 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6667 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6668 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6669 NewVD->setType(T); 6670 } 6671 6672 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6673 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6674 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6675 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6676 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6677 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6678 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6679 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6680 return; 6681 } 6682 6683 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 6684 // scope. 6685 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6686 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6687 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6688 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6689 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6690 return; 6691 } 6692 6693 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6694 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 6695 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6696 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 6697 return; 6698 } 6699 6700 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6701 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 6702 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 6703 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6704 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 6705 << 0 /*const*/; 6706 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6707 return; 6708 } 6709 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6710 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 6711 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6712 return; 6713 } 6714 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks with variadic arguments are not supported. 6715 // TODO: this check is not enough as it doesn't diagnose the typedef 6716 const BlockPointerType *BlkTy = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>(); 6717 const FunctionProtoType *FTy = 6718 BlkTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6719 if (FTy && FTy->isVariadic()) { 6720 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_proto_variadic) 6721 << T << NewVD->getSourceRange(); 6722 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6723 return; 6724 } 6725 } 6726 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6727 // __constant address space. 6728 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6729 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6730 // address space. 6731 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 6732 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6733 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6734 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6735 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6736 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6737 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 6738 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6739 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6740 << Scope << "global or constant"; 6741 else 6742 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6743 << Scope << "constant"; 6744 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6745 return; 6746 } 6747 } else { 6748 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6749 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6750 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 6751 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6752 return; 6753 } 6754 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6755 // in functions. 6756 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6757 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6758 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6759 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6760 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6761 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6762 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 6763 else 6764 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6765 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 6766 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6767 return; 6768 } 6769 } 6770 } 6771 } 6772 6773 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6774 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6775 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6776 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6777 else { 6778 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6779 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6780 } 6781 } 6782 6783 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6784 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6785 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6786 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6787 6788 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6789 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6790 bool SizeIsNegative; 6791 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6792 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6793 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6794 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6795 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6796 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6797 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6798 // int a[10][n]; 6799 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6800 6801 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6802 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6803 << SizeRange; 6804 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6805 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6806 << SizeRange; 6807 else 6808 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6809 << SizeRange; 6810 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6811 return; 6812 } 6813 6814 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6815 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6816 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6817 else 6818 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6819 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6820 return; 6821 } 6822 6823 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6824 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6825 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6826 } 6827 6828 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6829 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6830 // of objects and functions. 6831 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6832 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6833 << T; 6834 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6835 return; 6836 } 6837 } 6838 6839 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6840 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6841 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6842 return; 6843 } 6844 6845 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6846 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6847 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6848 return; 6849 } 6850 6851 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6852 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6853 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6854 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6855 return; 6856 } 6857 } 6858 6859 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6860 /// declaration. 6861 /// 6862 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6863 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6864 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6865 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6866 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6867 /// 6868 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6869 /// 6870 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6871 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6872 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6873 6874 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6875 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6876 return false; 6877 6878 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6879 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6880 if (Previous.empty() && 6881 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6882 Previous.setShadowed(); 6883 6884 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6885 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6886 return true; 6887 } 6888 return false; 6889 } 6890 6891 namespace { 6892 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6893 Sema *S; 6894 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6895 6896 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6897 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6898 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6899 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6900 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6901 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6902 6903 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6904 6905 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6906 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6907 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6908 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6909 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6910 6911 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6912 } 6913 6914 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6915 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6916 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6917 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6918 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6919 return true; 6920 } 6921 } 6922 6923 return false; 6924 } 6925 }; 6926 6927 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6928 } // end anonymous namespace 6929 6930 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6931 /// overriden methods. 6932 /// 6933 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6934 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6935 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6936 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6937 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6938 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6939 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6940 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6941 I != E; ++I) { 6942 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6943 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6944 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6945 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6946 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6947 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6948 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6949 } 6950 } 6951 6952 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6953 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6954 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6955 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6956 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6957 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6958 FOM.Method = MD; 6959 FOM.S = this; 6960 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6961 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6962 bool AddedAny = false; 6963 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6964 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6965 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6966 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6967 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6968 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6969 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6970 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6971 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6972 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6973 AddedAny = true; 6974 } 6975 } 6976 } 6977 } 6978 6979 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6980 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6981 } 6982 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6983 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6984 } 6985 6986 return AddedAny; 6987 } 6988 6989 namespace { 6990 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6991 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6992 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6993 Scope *S; 6994 Declarator &D; 6995 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6996 bool AddToScope; 6997 }; 6998 } // end anonymous namespace 6999 7000 namespace { 7001 7002 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7003 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7004 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7005 public: 7006 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7007 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7008 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7009 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7010 7011 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7012 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7013 return false; 7014 7015 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7016 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7017 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7018 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7019 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7020 7021 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7022 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7023 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7024 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7025 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7026 return true; 7027 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7028 return true; 7029 } 7030 } 7031 } 7032 7033 return false; 7034 } 7035 7036 private: 7037 ASTContext &Context; 7038 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7039 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7040 }; 7041 7042 } // end anonymous namespace 7043 7044 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7045 /// 7046 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7047 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7048 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7049 /// the same name. 7050 /// 7051 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7052 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7053 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7054 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7055 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7056 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7057 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7058 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7059 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7060 TypoCorrection Correction; 7061 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7062 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7063 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7064 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7065 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7066 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7067 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7068 7069 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7070 if (IsLocalFriend) 7071 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7072 else 7073 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7074 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7075 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7076 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7077 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7078 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7079 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7080 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7081 if (FD && 7082 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7083 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7084 // involve a parameter 7085 unsigned ParamNum = 7086 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7087 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7088 } 7089 } 7090 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7091 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7092 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7093 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7094 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7095 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7096 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7097 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7098 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7099 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7100 Previous.clear(); 7101 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7102 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7103 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7104 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7105 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7106 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7107 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7108 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7109 } 7110 } 7111 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7112 7113 NamedDecl *Result; 7114 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7115 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7116 { 7117 // Trap errors. 7118 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7119 7120 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7121 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7122 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7123 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7124 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7125 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7126 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7127 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7128 7129 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7130 Result = nullptr; 7131 } 7132 7133 if (Result) { 7134 // Determine which correction we picked. 7135 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7136 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7137 I != E; ++I) 7138 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7139 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7140 7141 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7142 Correction, 7143 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7144 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7145 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7146 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7147 return Result; 7148 } 7149 7150 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7151 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7152 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7153 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7154 Previous.clear(); 7155 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7156 } 7157 7158 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7159 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7160 7161 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7162 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7163 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7164 7165 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7166 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7167 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7168 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7169 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7170 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7171 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7172 7173 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7174 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7175 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7176 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7177 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7178 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7179 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7180 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7181 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7182 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7183 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7184 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7185 } else 7186 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7187 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7188 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7189 } 7190 return nullptr; 7191 } 7192 7193 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7194 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7195 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7196 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7197 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7198 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7199 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7200 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7201 D.setInvalidType(); 7202 break; 7203 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7204 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7205 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7206 return SC_None; 7207 return SC_Extern; 7208 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7209 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7210 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7211 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7212 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7213 // other than extern 7214 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7215 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7216 diag::err_static_block_func); 7217 break; 7218 } else 7219 return SC_Static; 7220 } 7221 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7222 } 7223 7224 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7225 return SC_None; 7226 } 7227 7228 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7229 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7230 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7231 StorageClass SC, 7232 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7233 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7234 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7235 7236 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7237 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7238 7239 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7240 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7241 // prototype. This true when: 7242 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7243 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7244 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7245 bool HasPrototype = 7246 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7247 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7248 7249 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7250 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7251 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7252 HasPrototype, false); 7253 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7254 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7255 7256 return NewFD; 7257 } 7258 7259 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7260 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7261 7262 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7263 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7264 // the class has been completely parsed. 7265 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7266 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7267 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7268 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7269 D.setInvalidType(); 7270 7271 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7272 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7273 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7274 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7275 7276 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7277 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7278 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7279 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7280 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7281 isConstexpr); 7282 7283 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7284 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7285 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7286 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7287 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7288 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7289 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7290 D.getLocStart(), 7291 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7292 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7293 7294 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7295 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7296 // it yet. 7297 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7298 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7299 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7300 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7301 } 7302 7303 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7304 return NewDD; 7305 7306 } else { 7307 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7308 D.setInvalidType(); 7309 7310 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7311 // code path. 7312 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7313 D.getLocStart(), 7314 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7315 SC, isInline, 7316 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7317 } 7318 7319 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7320 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7321 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7322 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7323 return nullptr; 7324 } 7325 7326 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7327 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7328 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7329 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7330 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7331 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7332 7333 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7334 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7335 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7336 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7337 // constructor if it has no return type). 7338 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7339 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7340 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7341 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7342 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7343 return nullptr; 7344 } 7345 7346 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7347 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7348 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7349 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7350 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7351 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7352 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7353 return Ret; 7354 } else { 7355 bool isFriend = 7356 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7357 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7358 return nullptr; 7359 7360 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7361 // prototype. This true when: 7362 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7363 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7364 D.getLocStart(), 7365 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7366 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7367 } 7368 } 7369 7370 enum OpenCLParamType { 7371 ValidKernelParam, 7372 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7373 PtrKernelParam, 7374 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7375 InvalidKernelParam, 7376 RecordKernelParam 7377 }; 7378 7379 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7380 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7381 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7382 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7383 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7384 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7385 : PtrKernelParam; 7386 } 7387 7388 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7389 // be used as builtin types. 7390 7391 if (PT->isImageType()) 7392 return PtrKernelParam; 7393 7394 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7395 return InvalidKernelParam; 7396 7397 if (PT->isEventT()) 7398 return InvalidKernelParam; 7399 7400 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7401 return InvalidKernelParam; 7402 7403 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7404 return RecordKernelParam; 7405 7406 return ValidKernelParam; 7407 } 7408 7409 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7410 Sema &S, 7411 Declarator &D, 7412 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7413 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7414 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7415 7416 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7417 // used again 7418 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7419 return; 7420 7421 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7422 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7423 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7424 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7425 // pointer to a pointer type. 7426 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7427 D.setInvalidType(); 7428 return; 7429 7430 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7431 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7432 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7433 // pointer to the private address space. 7434 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7435 D.setInvalidType(); 7436 return; 7437 7438 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7439 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7440 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7441 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7442 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7443 7444 case InvalidKernelParam: 7445 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7446 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7447 // of event_t type. 7448 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7449 D.setInvalidType(); 7450 return; 7451 7452 case PtrKernelParam: 7453 case ValidKernelParam: 7454 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7455 return; 7456 7457 case RecordKernelParam: 7458 break; 7459 } 7460 7461 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7462 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7463 7464 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7465 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7466 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7467 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7468 7469 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7470 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7471 7472 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7473 7474 do { 7475 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7476 if (!Next) { 7477 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7478 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7479 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7480 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7481 7482 continue; 7483 } 7484 7485 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7486 // field itself) to the history stack. 7487 const RecordDecl *RD; 7488 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7489 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7490 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7491 } else { 7492 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7493 } 7494 7495 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7496 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7497 7498 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7499 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7500 7501 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7502 continue; 7503 7504 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7505 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7506 continue; 7507 7508 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7509 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7510 continue; 7511 } 7512 7513 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7514 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7515 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7516 // union. 7517 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7518 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7519 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7520 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7521 << PT->isUnionType() 7522 << PT; 7523 } else { 7524 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7525 } 7526 7527 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7528 << PD->getDeclName(); 7529 7530 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7531 // the offending field came from 7532 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7533 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7534 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7535 I != E; ++I) { 7536 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7537 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7538 << OuterField->getType(); 7539 } 7540 7541 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7542 << QT->isPointerType() 7543 << QT; 7544 D.setInvalidType(); 7545 return; 7546 } 7547 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7548 } 7549 7550 NamedDecl* 7551 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7552 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7553 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7554 bool &AddToScope) { 7555 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7556 7557 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7558 7559 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7560 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7561 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7562 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7563 7564 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7565 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7566 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7567 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7568 7569 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7570 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7571 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7572 7573 bool isFriend = false; 7574 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7575 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7576 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7577 7578 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7579 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7580 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7581 7582 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7583 7584 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7585 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7586 7587 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7588 isVirtualOkay); 7589 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7590 7591 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7592 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7593 7594 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7595 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7596 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7597 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7598 7599 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7600 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7601 7602 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7603 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7604 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7605 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7606 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7607 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7608 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7609 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7610 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7611 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7612 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7613 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7614 } 7615 7616 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7617 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7618 // return true). 7619 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7620 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7621 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7622 NewFD->setPure(true); 7623 7624 // C++ [class.union]p2 7625 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7626 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7627 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7628 } 7629 7630 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7631 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7632 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7633 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7634 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7635 7636 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7637 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7638 bool Invalid = false; 7639 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7640 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7641 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7642 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7643 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7644 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7645 : nullptr, 7646 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7647 Invalid)) { 7648 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7649 // This is a function template 7650 7651 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7652 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7653 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7654 7655 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7656 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7657 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7658 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7659 } 7660 7661 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7662 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7663 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7664 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7665 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7666 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7667 Invalid = true; 7668 } 7669 7670 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7671 NewFD->getLocation(), 7672 Name, TemplateParams, 7673 NewFD); 7674 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7675 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7676 7677 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7678 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7679 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7680 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7681 } 7682 } else { 7683 // This is a function template specialization. 7684 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7685 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7686 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7687 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7688 7689 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7690 if (isFriend) { 7691 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7692 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7693 7694 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7695 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7696 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7697 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7698 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7699 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7700 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7701 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7702 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7703 } 7704 7705 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7706 << Name << RemoveRange 7707 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7708 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7709 } 7710 } 7711 } 7712 else { 7713 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7714 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7715 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7716 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7717 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7718 } 7719 7720 if (Invalid) { 7721 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7722 if (FunctionTemplate) 7723 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7724 } 7725 7726 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7727 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7728 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7729 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7730 // 7731 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7732 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7733 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7734 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7735 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7736 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7737 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7738 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7739 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7740 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7741 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7742 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7743 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7744 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7745 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7746 } else { 7747 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7748 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7749 } 7750 7751 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7752 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7753 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7754 } 7755 7756 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7757 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7758 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7759 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7760 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7761 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7762 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7763 // thing to do. 7764 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7765 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7766 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7767 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7768 QualType Result = 7769 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7770 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7771 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7772 } 7773 7774 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7775 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7776 // declaration. 7777 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7778 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7779 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7780 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7781 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7782 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7783 } 7784 } 7785 7786 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7787 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7788 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7789 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7790 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7791 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7792 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7793 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7794 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7795 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7796 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7797 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7798 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7799 // or conversion function. 7800 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7801 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7802 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7803 } 7804 } 7805 7806 if (isConstexpr) { 7807 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7808 // are implicitly inline. 7809 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7810 7811 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7812 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7813 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7814 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7815 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7816 } 7817 7818 if (isConcept) { 7819 // This is a function concept. 7820 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7821 FTD->setConcept(); 7822 7823 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7824 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7825 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7826 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7827 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7828 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7829 } 7830 7831 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7832 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7833 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7834 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7835 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7836 SourceRange Range; 7837 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7838 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7839 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7840 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7841 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7842 } else { 7843 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7844 } 7845 7846 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7847 // following restrictions: 7848 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 7849 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 7850 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 7851 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7852 } 7853 7854 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7855 // following restrictions: 7856 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7857 // parameter list. 7858 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7859 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7860 } 7861 7862 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7863 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7864 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7865 7866 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7867 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7868 // specifiers, [...] 7869 if (isInline) { 7870 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7871 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7872 << 1 << 1; 7873 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7874 } 7875 7876 if (isFriend) { 7877 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7878 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7879 << 1 << 2; 7880 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7881 } 7882 7883 if (isConstexpr) { 7884 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7885 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7886 << 1 << 3; 7887 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7888 } 7889 7890 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7891 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 7892 // template, declared in namespace scope. 7893 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7894 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7895 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 7896 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7897 return NewFD; 7898 } 7899 } 7900 7901 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7902 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7903 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7904 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7905 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7906 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7907 << 0 7908 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7909 } else { 7910 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7911 if (FunctionTemplate) 7912 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7913 } 7914 } 7915 7916 if (isFriend) { 7917 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7918 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7919 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7920 } 7921 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7922 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7923 } 7924 7925 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7926 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7927 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7928 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7929 case FDK_Declaration: 7930 case FDK_Definition: 7931 break; 7932 7933 case FDK_Defaulted: 7934 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7935 break; 7936 7937 case FDK_Deleted: 7938 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7939 break; 7940 } 7941 7942 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7943 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7944 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7945 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7946 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7947 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7948 } 7949 7950 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7951 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7952 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7953 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7954 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7955 // the class. 7956 7957 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7958 // member function definition. 7959 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7960 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7961 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7962 } 7963 7964 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7965 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7966 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7967 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7968 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7969 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7970 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7971 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7972 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7973 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7974 } 7975 7976 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7977 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7978 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7979 isExplicitSpecialization || 7980 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7981 7982 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7983 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7984 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7985 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7986 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7987 SE->getString(), 0)); 7988 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7989 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7990 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7991 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7992 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7993 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7994 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7995 } else 7996 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7997 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7998 } 7999 } 8000 8001 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8002 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8003 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8004 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 8005 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8006 8007 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8008 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8009 // single void argument. 8010 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8011 // already checks for that case. 8012 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8013 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8014 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8015 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8016 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8017 Params.push_back(Param); 8018 8019 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8020 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8021 } 8022 } 8023 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8024 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8025 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8026 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8027 // 8028 // @code 8029 // typedef void fn(int); 8030 // fn f; 8031 // @endcode 8032 8033 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8034 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8035 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8036 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8037 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8038 Params.push_back(Param); 8039 } 8040 } else { 8041 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8042 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8043 } 8044 8045 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8046 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8047 8048 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 8049 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 8050 // 8051 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 8052 // 8053 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 8054 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 8055 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 8056 8057 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8058 NewFD->addAttr( 8059 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8060 Context, 0)); 8061 8062 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8063 // because all functions have linkage. 8064 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8065 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8066 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8067 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8068 } 8069 8070 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8071 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8072 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8073 NewFD->addAttr( 8074 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8075 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8076 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8077 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8078 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8079 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8080 NewFD)) 8081 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8082 } 8083 8084 // Handle attributes. 8085 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8086 8087 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8088 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(S, NewFD, Previous); 8089 8090 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8091 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8092 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8093 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8094 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8095 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8096 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8097 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8098 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8099 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8100 } 8101 } 8102 8103 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8104 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8105 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8106 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8107 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8108 8109 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8110 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8111 8112 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8113 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8114 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8115 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8116 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8117 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8118 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8119 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8120 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8121 8122 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8123 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8124 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8125 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8126 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8127 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8128 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8129 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8130 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8131 int DiagID = 8132 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8133 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8134 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8135 } 8136 } 8137 } else { 8138 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8139 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8140 // 8141 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8142 // 8143 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8144 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8145 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8146 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8147 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8148 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8149 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8150 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8151 8152 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8153 // argument list into our AST format. 8154 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8155 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8156 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8157 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8158 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8159 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8160 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8161 TemplateArgs); 8162 8163 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8164 8165 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8166 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8167 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8168 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8169 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8170 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8171 8172 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8173 } else { 8174 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8175 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8176 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8177 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8178 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8179 } 8180 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8181 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8182 // wrote something like: 8183 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8184 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8185 // friend void foo<>(int); 8186 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8187 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8188 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8189 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8190 } 8191 8192 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8193 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8194 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8195 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8196 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8197 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8198 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8199 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8200 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 8201 InstantiationDependent))) { 8202 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8203 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8204 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8205 Previous)) 8206 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8207 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8208 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8209 && !isFriend) { 8210 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8211 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8212 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8213 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8214 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8215 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8216 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8217 : nullptr), 8218 Previous)) 8219 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8220 8221 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8222 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8223 // specialization (14.7.3) 8224 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8225 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8226 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8227 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8228 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8229 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8230 << SC 8231 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8232 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8233 8234 else 8235 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8236 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8237 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8238 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8239 } 8240 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8241 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8242 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8243 } 8244 8245 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8246 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8247 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8248 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8249 8250 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8251 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8252 8253 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8254 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8255 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8256 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8257 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8258 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8259 } 8260 8261 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8262 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8263 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8264 8265 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8266 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8267 : NewFD); 8268 8269 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8270 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8271 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8272 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8273 8274 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8275 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8276 } 8277 8278 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8279 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8280 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8281 8282 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8283 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8284 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8285 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8286 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8287 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8288 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8289 : nullptr, 8290 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8291 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8292 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8293 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8294 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8295 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8296 DC->isDependentContext()) 8297 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8298 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8299 } 8300 8301 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8302 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8303 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8304 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8305 AddToScope }; 8306 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8307 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8308 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8309 8310 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8311 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8312 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8313 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8314 8315 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8316 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8317 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8318 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8319 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8320 // can actually do this check immediately. 8321 if (isFriend && 8322 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8323 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8324 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8325 // ignore these 8326 } else { 8327 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8328 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8329 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8330 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8331 // 8332 // class X { 8333 // void f() const; 8334 // }; 8335 // 8336 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8337 // 8338 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8339 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8340 // whether the parameter types are references). 8341 8342 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8343 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8344 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8345 return Result; 8346 } 8347 } 8348 8349 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8350 // to something. 8351 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8352 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8353 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8354 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8355 return Result; 8356 } 8357 } 8358 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8359 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8360 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8361 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8362 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8363 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8364 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8365 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8366 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8367 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8368 // generate them. 8369 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8370 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8371 } 8372 } 8373 8374 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8375 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8376 8377 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8378 8379 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8380 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8381 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8382 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8383 << NewFD; 8384 8385 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8386 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8387 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8388 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8389 EPI.Variadic = true; 8390 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8391 8392 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8393 NewFD->setType(R); 8394 } 8395 8396 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8397 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8398 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8399 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8400 8401 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8402 // marking the function. 8403 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8404 8405 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8406 // a pragma. 8407 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8408 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8409 8410 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8411 // the map of such variables. 8412 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8413 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8414 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8415 8416 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8417 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8418 8419 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8420 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8421 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8422 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8423 } 8424 8425 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8426 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8427 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8428 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8429 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8430 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8431 8432 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8433 } 8434 8435 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8436 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8437 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8438 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8439 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8440 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8441 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8442 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8443 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8444 } 8445 } 8446 8447 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8448 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8449 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8450 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8451 return FunctionTemplate; 8452 } 8453 } 8454 8455 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8456 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8457 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8458 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8459 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8460 D.setInvalidType(); 8461 } 8462 8463 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8464 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8465 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8466 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8467 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8468 : FixItHint()); 8469 D.setInvalidType(); 8470 } 8471 8472 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8473 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8474 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8475 } 8476 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 8477 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 8478 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 8479 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8480 8481 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8482 // types. 8483 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8484 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8485 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8486 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8487 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8488 D.setInvalidType(); 8489 } 8490 } 8491 } 8492 } 8493 8494 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8495 8496 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8497 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8498 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8499 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8500 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8501 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8502 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8503 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8504 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8505 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8506 AddToScope = false; 8507 } 8508 8509 return NewFD; 8510 } 8511 8512 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8513 /// 8514 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8515 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8516 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8517 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8518 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8519 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8520 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8521 /// 8522 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8523 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8524 /// 8525 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8526 /// 8527 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8528 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8529 LookupResult &Previous, 8530 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8531 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8532 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8533 8534 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8535 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8536 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8537 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8538 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8539 8540 bool Redeclaration = false; 8541 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8542 8543 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8544 // the same name, if appropriate. 8545 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8546 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8547 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8548 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8549 // function to the scope. 8550 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8551 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8552 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8553 Redeclaration = true; 8554 OldDecl = Candidate; 8555 } 8556 } else { 8557 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8558 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8559 case Ovl_Match: 8560 Redeclaration = true; 8561 break; 8562 8563 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8564 Redeclaration = true; 8565 break; 8566 8567 case Ovl_Overload: 8568 Redeclaration = false; 8569 break; 8570 } 8571 8572 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8573 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8574 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8575 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8576 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8577 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8578 if (Redeclaration) 8579 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8580 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8581 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8582 if (OverloadedDecl) 8583 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8584 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8585 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8586 } 8587 } 8588 } 8589 8590 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8591 if (!Redeclaration && 8592 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8593 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8594 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8595 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8596 Redeclaration = true; 8597 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8598 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8599 8600 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8601 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8602 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8603 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8604 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8605 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8606 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8607 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8608 } 8609 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8610 Redeclaration = false; 8611 OldDecl = nullptr; 8612 } 8613 } 8614 } 8615 } 8616 8617 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8618 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8619 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8620 // 8621 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8622 // definition of a static member function. 8623 // 8624 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8625 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8626 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8627 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8628 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8629 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8630 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8631 if (OldDecl) 8632 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8633 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8634 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8635 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8636 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8637 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8638 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8639 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8640 8641 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8642 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8643 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8644 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8645 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8646 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8647 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8648 8649 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8650 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8651 } 8652 } 8653 } 8654 8655 if (Redeclaration) { 8656 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8657 // merged. 8658 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8659 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8660 return Redeclaration; 8661 } 8662 8663 Previous.clear(); 8664 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8665 8666 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8667 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8668 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8669 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8670 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8671 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8672 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8673 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8674 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8675 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8676 } 8677 8678 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8679 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8680 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8681 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8682 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8683 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8684 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 8685 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 8686 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 8687 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 8688 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8689 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 8690 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 8691 } 8692 } 8693 8694 } else { 8695 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8696 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8697 8698 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8699 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8700 } 8701 } 8702 8703 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8704 8705 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8706 // C++-specific checks. 8707 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8708 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8709 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8710 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8711 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8712 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8713 8714 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8715 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8716 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8717 DeclarationName Name 8718 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8719 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8720 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8721 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8722 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8723 return Redeclaration; 8724 } 8725 } 8726 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8727 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8728 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8729 } 8730 8731 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8732 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8733 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8734 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8735 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8736 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8737 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8738 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8739 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8740 } 8741 } 8742 } 8743 8744 if (Method->isStatic()) 8745 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8746 } 8747 8748 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8749 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8750 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8751 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8752 return Redeclaration; 8753 } 8754 8755 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8756 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8757 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8758 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8759 return Redeclaration; 8760 } 8761 8762 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8763 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8764 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8765 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8766 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8767 8768 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8769 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8770 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8771 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8772 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8773 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8774 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8775 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8776 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8777 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8778 } 8779 } 8780 8781 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8782 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8783 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8784 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8785 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8786 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8787 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8788 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8789 << NewFD << R; 8790 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8791 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8792 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8793 } 8794 } 8795 return Redeclaration; 8796 } 8797 8798 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8799 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8800 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8801 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8802 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8803 // appear in a declaration of main. 8804 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8805 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8806 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8807 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8808 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8809 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8810 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8811 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8812 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8813 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8814 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8815 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8816 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8817 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8818 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8819 } 8820 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8821 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8822 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8823 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8824 } 8825 8826 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8827 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8828 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8829 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8830 return; 8831 } 8832 8833 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8834 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8835 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8836 8837 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8838 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8839 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8840 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8841 8842 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8843 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8844 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8845 else { 8846 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8847 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8848 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8849 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8850 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8851 } 8852 } else { 8853 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8854 // set the flag which tells us that. 8855 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8856 8857 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8858 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8859 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8860 else { 8861 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8862 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8863 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8864 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8865 : FixItHint()); 8866 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8867 } 8868 } 8869 8870 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8871 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8872 8873 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8874 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8875 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8876 8877 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8878 8879 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8880 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8881 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8882 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8883 } 8884 8885 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8886 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8887 // getting shifty. 8888 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8889 HasExtraParameters = false; 8890 8891 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8892 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8893 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8894 nparams = 3; 8895 } 8896 8897 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8898 // if we had some location information about types. 8899 8900 QualType CharPP = 8901 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8902 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8903 8904 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8905 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8906 8907 bool mismatch = true; 8908 8909 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8910 mismatch = false; 8911 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8912 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8913 // char const ** 8914 // char const * const * 8915 // char * const * 8916 8917 QualifierCollector qs; 8918 const PointerType* PT; 8919 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8920 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8921 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8922 Context.CharTy)) { 8923 qs.removeConst(); 8924 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8925 } 8926 } 8927 8928 if (mismatch) { 8929 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8930 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8931 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8932 } 8933 } 8934 8935 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8936 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8937 } 8938 8939 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8940 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8941 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8942 } 8943 } 8944 8945 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8946 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8947 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8948 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8949 8950 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8951 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8952 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8953 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8954 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8955 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8956 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8957 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8958 8959 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8960 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8961 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8962 } 8963 } 8964 8965 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8966 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8967 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8968 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8969 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8970 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8971 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8972 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8973 // rules there don't matter.) 8974 const Expr *Culprit; 8975 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8976 return false; 8977 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8978 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8979 return true; 8980 } 8981 8982 namespace { 8983 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8984 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8985 class SelfReferenceChecker 8986 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8987 Sema &S; 8988 Decl *OrigDecl; 8989 bool isRecordType; 8990 bool isPODType; 8991 bool isReferenceType; 8992 8993 bool isInitList; 8994 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8995 8996 public: 8997 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8998 8999 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9000 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9001 isPODType = false; 9002 isRecordType = false; 9003 isReferenceType = false; 9004 isInitList = false; 9005 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9006 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9007 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9008 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9009 } 9010 } 9011 9012 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9013 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9014 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9015 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9016 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9017 if (!InitList) { 9018 Visit(E); 9019 return; 9020 } 9021 9022 // Track and increment the index here. 9023 isInitList = true; 9024 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9025 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9026 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9027 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9028 } 9029 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9030 } 9031 9032 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 9033 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9034 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9035 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9036 Expr *Base = E; 9037 bool ReferenceField = false; 9038 9039 // Get the field memebers used. 9040 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9041 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9042 if (!FD) 9043 return false; 9044 Fields.push_back(FD); 9045 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9046 ReferenceField = true; 9047 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9048 } 9049 9050 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9051 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9052 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9053 return false; 9054 9055 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9056 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9057 return true; 9058 9059 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9060 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9061 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9062 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9063 9064 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9065 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9066 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9067 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9068 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9069 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9070 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9071 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9072 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9073 return true; 9074 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9075 break; 9076 } 9077 9078 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9079 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9080 return true; 9081 } 9082 9083 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9084 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9085 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9086 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9087 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9088 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9089 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9090 return; 9091 } 9092 9093 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9094 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9095 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9096 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9097 return; 9098 } 9099 9100 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9101 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9102 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9103 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9104 return; 9105 } 9106 9107 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9108 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9109 return; 9110 } 9111 9112 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9113 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9114 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9115 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9116 return; 9117 } 9118 } 9119 9120 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9121 if (isInitList) { 9122 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9123 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9124 return; 9125 } 9126 9127 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9128 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9129 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9130 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9131 return; 9132 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9133 } 9134 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9135 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9136 return; 9137 } 9138 9139 Visit(E); 9140 } 9141 9142 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9143 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9144 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9145 if (isReferenceType) 9146 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9147 } 9148 9149 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9150 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9151 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9152 return; 9153 } 9154 9155 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9156 } 9157 9158 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9159 if (isInitList) { 9160 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9161 return; 9162 } 9163 9164 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9165 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9166 9167 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9168 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9169 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9170 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9171 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9172 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9173 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9174 Warn = false; 9175 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9176 } 9177 9178 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9179 if (Warn) 9180 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9181 return; 9182 } 9183 9184 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9185 // Visit that expression. 9186 Visit(Base); 9187 } 9188 9189 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9190 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9191 9192 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9193 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9194 9195 Visit(Callee); 9196 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9197 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9198 } 9199 9200 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9201 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9202 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9203 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9204 if (!isPODType) 9205 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9206 return; 9207 } 9208 9209 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9210 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9211 return; 9212 } 9213 9214 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9215 } 9216 9217 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9218 9219 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9220 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9221 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9222 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9223 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9224 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9225 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9226 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9227 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9228 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9229 return; 9230 } 9231 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9232 } 9233 9234 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9235 // Treat std::move as a use. 9236 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9237 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9238 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9239 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9240 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9241 return; 9242 } 9243 } 9244 } 9245 9246 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9247 } 9248 9249 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9250 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9251 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9252 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9253 return; 9254 } 9255 9256 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9257 } 9258 9259 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9260 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9261 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9262 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9263 Visit(E->getCond()); 9264 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9265 } 9266 9267 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9268 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9269 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9270 unsigned diag; 9271 if (isReferenceType) { 9272 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9273 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9274 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9275 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9276 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9277 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9278 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9279 } else { 9280 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9281 return; 9282 } 9283 9284 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9285 S.PDiag(diag) 9286 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9287 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9288 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9289 } 9290 }; 9291 9292 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9293 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9294 bool DirectInit) { 9295 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9296 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9297 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9298 return; 9299 9300 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9301 9302 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9303 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9304 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9305 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9306 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9307 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9308 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9309 return; 9310 9311 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9312 } 9313 } // end anonymous namespace 9314 9315 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9316 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9317 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9318 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9319 Expr *Init) { 9320 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9321 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9322 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9323 9324 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9325 if (DirectInit) { 9326 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9327 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9328 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9329 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9330 } 9331 9332 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9333 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9334 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9335 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9336 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9337 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9338 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9339 << Name << Type << Range; 9340 return QualType(); 9341 } 9342 9343 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9344 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9345 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9346 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9347 << Name << Type << Range; 9348 return QualType(); 9349 } 9350 9351 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9352 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9353 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9354 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9355 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9356 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9357 return QualType(); 9358 } 9359 9360 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9361 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9362 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9363 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9364 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9365 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9366 return QualType(); 9367 } 9368 Init = Result.get(); 9369 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9370 } 9371 9372 QualType DeducedType; 9373 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9374 if (!IsInitCapture) 9375 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9376 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9377 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9378 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9379 << Name 9380 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9381 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9382 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9383 else 9384 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9385 << Name << TSI->getType() 9386 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9387 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9388 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9389 } 9390 9391 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9392 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9393 // checks. 9394 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9395 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9396 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9397 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9398 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9399 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9400 } 9401 9402 return DeducedType; 9403 } 9404 9405 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9406 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9407 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9408 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9409 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9410 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9411 // the initializer. 9412 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9413 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9414 return; 9415 } 9416 9417 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9418 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9419 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9420 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9421 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9422 return; 9423 } 9424 9425 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9426 if (!VDecl) { 9427 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9428 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9429 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9430 return; 9431 } 9432 9433 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9434 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9435 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9436 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9437 // TypoExpr. 9438 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9439 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9440 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9441 return; 9442 } 9443 Init = Res.get(); 9444 9445 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9446 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9447 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9448 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9449 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9450 return; 9451 } 9452 9453 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9454 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9455 9456 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9457 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9458 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9459 9460 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9461 // the previously declared type. 9462 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9463 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9464 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9465 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9466 } 9467 9468 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9469 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9470 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9471 return; 9472 } 9473 9474 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9475 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9476 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9477 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9478 return; 9479 } 9480 9481 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9482 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9483 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9484 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9485 return; 9486 } 9487 9488 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9489 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9490 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9491 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9492 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9493 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9494 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9495 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9496 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9497 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9498 return; 9499 } 9500 9501 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9502 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9503 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9504 AbstractVariableType)) 9505 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9506 } 9507 9508 VarDecl *Def; 9509 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9510 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9511 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9512 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9513 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9514 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9515 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9516 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9517 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9518 } else { 9519 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9520 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9521 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9522 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9523 return; 9524 } 9525 } 9526 9527 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9528 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9529 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9530 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9531 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9532 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9533 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9534 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9535 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9536 // 9537 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9538 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9539 // declaration with an initializer. 9540 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9541 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9542 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9543 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9544 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9545 << 0; 9546 return; 9547 } 9548 9549 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9550 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9551 9552 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9553 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9554 return; 9555 } 9556 } 9557 9558 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9559 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9560 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9561 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9562 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9563 return; 9564 } 9565 9566 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9567 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9568 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9569 9570 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9571 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9572 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9573 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9574 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9575 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9576 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9577 return; 9578 } 9579 Init = Result.get(); 9580 } 9581 9582 // Perform the initialization. 9583 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9584 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9585 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9586 InitializationKind Kind = 9587 DirectInit 9588 ? CXXDirectInit 9589 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9590 Init->getLocStart(), 9591 Init->getLocEnd()) 9592 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9593 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9594 Init->getLocStart()); 9595 9596 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9597 if (CXXDirectInit) 9598 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9599 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9600 9601 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9602 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9603 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9604 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9605 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9606 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9607 }); 9608 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9609 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9610 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9611 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9612 } 9613 } 9614 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9615 return; 9616 9617 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 9618 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 9619 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 9620 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9621 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9622 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9623 return; 9624 } 9625 9626 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9627 } 9628 9629 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9630 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9631 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9632 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9633 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9634 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9635 } 9636 9637 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9638 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9639 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9640 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9641 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9642 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9643 9644 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9645 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9646 9647 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9648 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9649 9650 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9651 // Although this code can still have problems: 9652 // id x = self.weakProp; 9653 // id y = self.weakProp; 9654 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9655 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9656 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9657 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9658 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9659 Init->getLocStart())) 9660 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9661 } 9662 9663 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9664 // 9665 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9666 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9667 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9668 // 9669 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9670 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9671 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9672 // 9673 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9674 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9675 false, 9676 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9677 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9678 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9679 return; 9680 } 9681 Init = Result.get(); 9682 9683 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9684 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9685 9686 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9687 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9688 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9689 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9690 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9691 const Expr *Culprit; 9692 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9693 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9694 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9695 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9696 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9697 // constant expressions. 9698 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9699 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9700 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9701 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9702 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9703 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9704 } 9705 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9706 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9707 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9708 // 9709 // struct S { 9710 // static const int value = 17; 9711 // }; 9712 9713 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9714 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9715 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9716 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9717 // 9718 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9719 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9720 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9721 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9722 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9723 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9724 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9725 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9726 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9727 9728 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9729 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9730 9731 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9732 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9733 // type. 9734 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9735 9736 // Require constness. 9737 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9738 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9739 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9740 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9741 9742 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9743 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9744 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9745 SourceLocation Loc; 9746 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9747 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9748 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9749 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9750 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9751 ; // Nothing to check. 9752 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9753 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9754 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9755 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9756 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9757 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9758 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9759 } else { 9760 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9761 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9762 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9763 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9764 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9765 } 9766 9767 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9768 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9769 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9770 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9771 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9772 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9773 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9774 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9775 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9776 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9777 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9778 } else { 9779 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9780 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9781 9782 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9783 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9784 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9785 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9786 } 9787 } 9788 9789 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9790 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9791 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9792 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9793 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9794 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9795 9796 } else { 9797 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9798 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9799 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9800 } 9801 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9802 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9803 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9804 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9805 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9806 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9807 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9808 9809 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9810 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9811 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9812 } 9813 9814 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9815 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9816 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9817 // 9818 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9819 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9820 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9821 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9822 // special case code. 9823 9824 // C++ 8.5p11: 9825 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9826 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9827 // class type. 9828 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9829 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9830 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9831 } else if (DirectInit) { 9832 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9833 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9834 } 9835 9836 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9837 } 9838 9839 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9840 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9841 /// of sanity. 9842 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9843 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9844 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9845 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9846 9847 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9848 if (!VD) return; 9849 9850 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9851 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9852 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9853 return; 9854 } 9855 9856 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9857 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9858 9859 // Require a complete type. 9860 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9861 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9862 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9863 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9864 return; 9865 } 9866 9867 // Require a non-abstract type. 9868 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9869 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9870 AbstractVariableType)) { 9871 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9872 return; 9873 } 9874 9875 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9876 // though. 9877 } 9878 9879 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9880 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9881 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9882 if (!RealDecl) 9883 return; 9884 9885 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9886 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9887 9888 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9889 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9890 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9891 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9892 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9893 return; 9894 } 9895 9896 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9897 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9898 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9899 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9900 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9901 // member. 9902 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9903 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9904 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9905 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9906 << Var->getDeclName(); 9907 else 9908 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9909 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9910 return; 9911 } 9912 9913 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9914 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9915 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9916 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 9917 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 9918 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9919 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9920 return; 9921 } 9922 } 9923 9924 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9925 // be initialized. 9926 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9927 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9928 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9929 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9930 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9931 return; 9932 } 9933 9934 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9935 case VarDecl::Definition: 9936 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9937 break; 9938 9939 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9940 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9941 // a declaration. 9942 // 9943 // Fall through 9944 9945 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9946 // It's only a declaration. 9947 9948 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9949 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9950 // object shall be complete. 9951 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9952 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9953 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9954 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9955 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9956 9957 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9958 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9959 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9960 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9961 AbstractVariableType)) 9962 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9963 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9964 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9965 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9966 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9967 } 9968 9969 return; 9970 9971 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9972 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9973 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9974 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9975 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9976 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9977 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9978 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9979 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9980 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9981 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9982 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9983 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9984 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9985 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9986 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9987 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9988 // NOTE: code such as the following 9989 // static struct s; 9990 // struct s { int a; }; 9991 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9992 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9993 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9994 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9995 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9996 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9997 } 9998 } 9999 10000 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10001 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10002 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10003 return; 10004 } 10005 10006 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10007 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10008 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10009 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10010 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10011 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10012 return; 10013 } 10014 10015 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10016 // definitions with reference type. 10017 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10018 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10019 << Var->getDeclName() 10020 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10021 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10022 return; 10023 } 10024 10025 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10026 // variable with dependent type. 10027 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10028 return; 10029 10030 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10031 return; 10032 10033 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10034 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10035 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10036 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10037 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10038 return; 10039 } 10040 } else { 10041 return; 10042 } 10043 10044 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10045 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10046 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10047 AbstractVariableType)) { 10048 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10049 return; 10050 } 10051 10052 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10053 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10054 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10055 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10056 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10057 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10058 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10059 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10060 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10061 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10062 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10063 if (const RecordType *Record 10064 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10065 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10066 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10067 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10068 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10069 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10070 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10071 } 10072 } 10073 10074 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10075 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10076 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10077 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10078 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10079 // type shall have a user-declared default 10080 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10081 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10082 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10083 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10084 // program is ill-formed. 10085 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10086 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10087 // default-initialized; [...]. 10088 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10089 InitializationKind Kind 10090 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10091 10092 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10093 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10094 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10095 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10096 else if (Init.get()) { 10097 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10098 // This is important for template substitution. 10099 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10100 } 10101 10102 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10103 } 10104 } 10105 10106 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10107 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10108 if (!D) 10109 return; 10110 10111 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10112 if (!VD) { 10113 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10114 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10115 return; 10116 } 10117 10118 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10119 10120 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10121 int Error = -1; 10122 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10123 case SC_None: 10124 break; 10125 case SC_Extern: 10126 Error = 0; 10127 break; 10128 case SC_Static: 10129 Error = 1; 10130 break; 10131 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10132 Error = 2; 10133 break; 10134 case SC_Auto: 10135 Error = 3; 10136 break; 10137 case SC_Register: 10138 Error = 4; 10139 break; 10140 } 10141 if (Error != -1) { 10142 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10143 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10144 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10145 } 10146 } 10147 10148 StmtResult 10149 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10150 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10151 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10152 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10153 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10154 // A range-based for statement of the form 10155 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10156 // is equivalent to 10157 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10158 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10159 10160 const char *PrevSpec; 10161 unsigned DiagID; 10162 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10163 getPrintingPolicy()); 10164 10165 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10166 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10167 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10168 10169 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10170 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10171 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10172 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10173 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10174 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10175 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10176 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10177 } 10178 10179 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10180 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10181 10182 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10183 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10184 // initialiser 10185 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10186 !var->hasInit()) { 10187 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10188 << 1 /*Init*/; 10189 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10190 return; 10191 } 10192 } 10193 10194 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10195 // local retaining variable. 10196 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10197 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10198 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10199 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10200 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10201 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10202 break; 10203 10204 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10205 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10206 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10207 break; 10208 } 10209 } 10210 10211 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10212 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10213 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10214 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10215 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10216 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10217 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10218 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10219 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10220 var->getLocation())) { 10221 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10222 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10223 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10224 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10225 10226 if (!prev) 10227 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10228 } 10229 10230 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10231 const Expr *Culprit; 10232 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10233 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10234 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10235 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10236 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10237 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10238 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10239 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 10240 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10241 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 10242 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10243 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10244 // initialization. 10245 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10246 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10247 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10248 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10249 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10250 } 10251 } 10252 10253 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10254 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10255 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10256 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10257 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10258 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10259 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10260 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10261 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10262 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10263 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10264 } else { 10265 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10266 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10267 } 10268 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10269 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10270 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10271 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10272 } 10273 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10274 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10275 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10276 10277 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10278 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10279 // attribute. 10280 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10281 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10282 CurInitSegLoc)); 10283 } 10284 10285 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10286 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 10287 10288 QualType type = var->getType(); 10289 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10290 10291 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10292 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10293 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10294 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10295 10296 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10297 // constructing this copy. 10298 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10299 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10300 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10301 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10302 ExprResult result 10303 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10304 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10305 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10306 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10307 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10308 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10309 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10310 } 10311 } 10312 } 10313 10314 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10315 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10316 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10317 10318 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10319 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10320 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10321 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10322 var->getLocation())) { 10323 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10324 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10325 // warned about them. 10326 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10327 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10328 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10329 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10330 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10331 } 10332 10333 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10334 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10335 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10336 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10337 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10338 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10339 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10340 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10341 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10342 Notes.clear(); 10343 } 10344 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10345 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10346 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10347 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10348 } 10349 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10350 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10351 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10352 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10353 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10354 } 10355 } 10356 10357 // Require the destructor. 10358 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10359 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10360 } 10361 10362 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10363 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10364 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10365 return true; 10366 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10367 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10368 return true; 10369 return false; 10370 } 10371 10372 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10373 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10374 void 10375 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10376 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10377 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10378 10379 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10380 if (!VD) 10381 return; 10382 10383 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10384 10385 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10386 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10387 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10388 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10389 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10390 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10391 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10392 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10393 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10394 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10395 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10396 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10397 } 10398 } 10399 } 10400 10401 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10402 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10403 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10404 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10405 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10406 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10407 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10408 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10409 } 10410 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 10411 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 10412 // static storage class. 10413 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && 10414 (FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 10415 !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 10416 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_device_static_local_var); 10417 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10418 } 10419 } 10420 } 10421 10422 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10423 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10424 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 10425 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 10426 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 10427 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { 10428 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10429 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage() && 10430 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10431 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())) { 10432 assert((!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>())); 10433 bool AllowedInit = false; 10434 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10435 AllowedInit = 10436 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10437 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10438 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10439 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10440 if (!AllowedInit && 10441 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10442 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10443 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10444 10445 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 10446 if (AllowedInit) 10447 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 10448 AllowedInit = 10449 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 10450 10451 if (!AllowedInit) { 10452 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10453 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10454 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10455 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10456 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10457 } 10458 } 10459 } 10460 10461 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10462 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10463 10464 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10465 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10466 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10467 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10468 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10469 // with a warning. 10470 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10471 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10472 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10473 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10474 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10475 10476 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10477 IsClassTemplateMember 10478 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10479 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10480 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10481 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10482 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10483 } 10484 } 10485 10486 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10487 // isn't exported with the variable. 10488 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10489 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10490 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10491 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10492 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10493 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10494 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10495 } else { 10496 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10497 << DLLAttr; 10498 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10499 } 10500 } 10501 10502 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10503 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10504 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10505 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10506 } 10507 } 10508 10509 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10510 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10511 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10512 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10513 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10514 10515 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10516 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10517 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10518 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10519 10520 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10521 // tag values. 10522 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10523 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10524 return; 10525 10526 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10527 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10528 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10529 continue; 10530 } 10531 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10532 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10533 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10534 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10535 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10536 continue; 10537 } 10538 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10539 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10540 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10541 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10542 continue; 10543 } 10544 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10545 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10546 MagicValue, 10547 I->getMatchingCType(), 10548 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10549 I->getMustBeNull()); 10550 } 10551 } 10552 10553 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10554 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10555 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10556 10557 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10558 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10559 10560 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10561 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10562 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10563 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10564 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10565 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10566 Decls.push_back(D); 10567 } 10568 10569 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10570 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10571 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10572 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10573 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10574 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10575 } 10576 } 10577 10578 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10579 } 10580 10581 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10582 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10583 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10584 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10585 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10586 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10587 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10588 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10589 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10590 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10591 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10592 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10593 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10594 QualType Deduced; 10595 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10596 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10597 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10598 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10599 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10600 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10601 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10602 break; 10603 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10604 if (!U.isNull()) { 10605 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10606 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10607 Deduced = U; 10608 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10609 DeducedDecl = D; 10610 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10611 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10612 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10613 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10614 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10615 << U << D->getDeclName() 10616 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10617 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10618 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10619 break; 10620 } 10621 } 10622 } 10623 } 10624 } 10625 10626 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10627 10628 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10629 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10630 } 10631 10632 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10633 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10634 } 10635 10636 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10637 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10638 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10639 return; 10640 10641 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10642 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10643 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10644 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10645 return; 10646 10647 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10648 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10649 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10650 // additional declaration references: 10651 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10652 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10653 // 'struct S *pS;' 10654 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10655 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10656 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10657 Group = Group.slice(1); 10658 } 10659 } 10660 10661 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10662 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10663 if (!Comments.empty() && 10664 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10665 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10666 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10667 // 10668 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10669 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10670 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10671 // ahead through comments. 10672 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10673 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10674 } 10675 } 10676 10677 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10678 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10679 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10680 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10681 10682 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10683 10684 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10685 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10686 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10687 SC = SC_Register; 10688 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10689 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10690 SC = SC_Auto; 10691 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10692 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10693 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10694 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10695 } 10696 10697 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10698 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10699 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10700 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10701 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10702 << 0; 10703 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10704 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10705 10706 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10707 10708 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10709 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10710 10711 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10712 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10713 // parameter. 10714 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10715 10716 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10717 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10718 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10719 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10720 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10721 } 10722 } 10723 10724 // Ensure we have a valid name 10725 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10726 if (D.hasName()) { 10727 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10728 if (!II) { 10729 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10730 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10731 D.setInvalidType(true); 10732 } 10733 } 10734 10735 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10736 if (II) { 10737 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10738 ForRedeclaration); 10739 LookupName(R, S); 10740 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10741 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10742 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10743 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10744 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10745 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10746 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10747 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10748 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10749 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10750 10751 // Recover by removing the name 10752 II = nullptr; 10753 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10754 D.setInvalidType(true); 10755 } 10756 } 10757 } 10758 10759 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10760 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10761 // looking like class members in C++. 10762 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10763 D.getLocStart(), 10764 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10765 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10766 SC); 10767 10768 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10769 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10770 10771 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10772 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10773 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10774 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10775 10776 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10777 S->AddDecl(New); 10778 if (II) 10779 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10780 10781 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10782 10783 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10784 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10785 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10786 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10787 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10788 10789 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10790 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10791 } 10792 return New; 10793 } 10794 10795 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10796 /// typedef. 10797 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10798 SourceLocation Loc, 10799 QualType T) { 10800 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10801 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10802 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10803 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10804 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10805 SC_None, nullptr); 10806 Param->setImplicit(); 10807 return Param; 10808 } 10809 10810 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10811 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10812 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10813 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10814 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10815 return; 10816 10817 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10818 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10819 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10820 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10821 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10822 } 10823 } 10824 } 10825 10826 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10827 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10828 QualType ReturnTy, 10829 NamedDecl *D) { 10830 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10831 return; 10832 10833 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10834 // threshold. 10835 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10836 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10837 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10838 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10839 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10840 } 10841 10842 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10843 // threshold. 10844 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10845 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10846 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10847 continue; 10848 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10849 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10850 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10851 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10852 } 10853 } 10854 10855 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10856 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10857 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10858 StorageClass SC) { 10859 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10860 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10861 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10862 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10863 10864 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10865 10866 // Special cases for arrays: 10867 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10868 // - otherwise, it's an error 10869 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10870 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10871 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10872 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10873 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10874 } 10875 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10876 } else { 10877 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10878 } 10879 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10880 } 10881 10882 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10883 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10884 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10885 10886 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10887 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10888 // the class has been completely parsed. 10889 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10890 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10891 AbstractParamType)) 10892 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10893 10894 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10895 // passed by reference. 10896 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10897 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10898 Diag(NameLoc, 10899 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10900 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10901 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10902 New->setType(T); 10903 } 10904 10905 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10906 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10907 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10908 // an address space. 10909 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10910 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10911 // to be qualified with an address space. 10912 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10913 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10914 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10915 } 10916 } 10917 10918 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9b - Pointer to image/sampler cannot be used. 10919 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pointer to pipe cannot be used. 10920 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isPointerType()) { 10921 const QualType PTy = T->getPointeeType(); 10922 if (PTy->isImageType() || PTy->isSamplerT() || PTy->isPipeType()) { 10923 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_opencl_pointer_to_type) << PTy; 10924 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10925 } 10926 } 10927 10928 return New; 10929 } 10930 10931 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10932 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10933 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10934 10935 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10936 // for a K&R function. 10937 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10938 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10939 --i; 10940 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10941 SmallString<256> Code; 10942 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10943 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10944 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10945 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10946 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10947 10948 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10949 // type. 10950 AttributeFactory attrs; 10951 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10952 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10953 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10954 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10955 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10956 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10957 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10958 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10959 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10960 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10961 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10962 } 10963 } 10964 } 10965 } 10966 10967 Decl * 10968 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10969 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10970 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10971 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10972 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10973 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10974 10975 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10976 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10977 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10978 } 10979 10980 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 10981 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 10982 } 10983 10984 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10985 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10986 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10987 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10988 return false; 10989 10990 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10991 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10992 return false; 10993 10994 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10995 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10996 return false; 10997 10998 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10999 if (FD->isMain()) 11000 return false; 11001 11002 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11003 if (FD->isInlined()) 11004 return false; 11005 11006 // Don't warn about function templates. 11007 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11008 return false; 11009 11010 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11011 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11012 return false; 11013 11014 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11015 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11016 return false; 11017 11018 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11019 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11020 return false; 11021 11022 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11023 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11024 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11025 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11026 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11027 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11028 continue; 11029 11030 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11031 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11032 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11033 break; 11034 } 11035 11036 return MissingPrototype; 11037 } 11038 11039 void 11040 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11041 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11042 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11043 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 11044 // was an extern inline function. 11045 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11046 if (!Definition) 11047 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11048 return; 11049 11050 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11051 return; 11052 11053 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11054 // a template, skip the new definition. 11055 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11056 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11057 Definition->isInlined() || 11058 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11059 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11060 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11061 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11062 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11063 else 11064 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11065 FD->getLocation()); 11066 return; 11067 } 11068 11069 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11070 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11071 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11072 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11073 else 11074 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11075 11076 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11077 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11078 } 11079 11080 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11081 Sema &S) { 11082 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11083 11084 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11085 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11086 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11087 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11088 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11089 11090 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11091 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11092 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11093 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11094 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11095 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11096 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11097 11098 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11099 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11100 11101 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11102 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11103 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11104 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11105 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11106 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11107 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11108 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11109 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11110 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11111 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11112 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11113 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11114 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11115 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11116 11117 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11118 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11119 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11120 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11121 } else { 11122 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11123 } 11124 ++I; 11125 } 11126 } 11127 11128 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11129 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11130 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11131 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11132 11133 if (!D) 11134 return D; 11135 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11136 11137 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11138 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11139 else 11140 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11141 11142 // See if this is a redefinition. 11143 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11144 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11145 11146 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11147 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11148 return D; 11149 } 11150 11151 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11152 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11153 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11154 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11155 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11156 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11157 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11158 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11159 // have the LSI properly restored. 11160 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11161 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11162 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11163 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11164 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11165 } 11166 else 11167 // Enter a new function scope 11168 PushFunctionScope(); 11169 11170 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11171 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11172 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11173 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11174 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11175 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11176 } 11177 } 11178 11179 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11180 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11181 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11182 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11183 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11184 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11185 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11186 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11187 11188 if (FnBodyScope) 11189 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11190 11191 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11192 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11193 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11194 11195 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11196 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 11197 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11198 11199 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11200 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11201 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11202 11203 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11204 } 11205 } 11206 11207 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 11208 // introduce them into the function scope. 11209 if (FnBodyScope) { 11210 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 11211 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 11212 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 11213 I != E; ++I) { 11214 NamedDecl *D = *I; 11215 11216 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 11217 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 11218 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 11219 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 11220 // Is the decl actually in the context? 11221 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 11222 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 11223 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 11224 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11225 } 11226 11227 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 11228 if (!D->getName().empty()) 11229 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11230 11231 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11232 // accessible in this scope. 11233 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 11234 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11235 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11236 } 11237 } 11238 } 11239 11240 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11241 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11242 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11243 11244 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11245 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11246 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11247 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11248 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11249 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11250 return D; 11251 } 11252 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11253 // a function template). 11254 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11255 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11256 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11257 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11258 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11259 11260 return D; 11261 } 11262 11263 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11264 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11265 /// optimization. 11266 /// 11267 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11268 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11269 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11270 /// use the named return value optimization. 11271 /// 11272 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11273 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11274 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11275 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11276 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11277 11278 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11279 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11280 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11281 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11282 } 11283 } 11284 } 11285 11286 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11287 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11288 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11289 return false; 11290 11291 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11292 // return type (yet). 11293 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11294 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11295 // we can still delay parsing it. 11296 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11297 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11298 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11299 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11300 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11301 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11302 } 11303 } 11304 return false; 11305 } 11306 11307 return true; 11308 } 11309 11310 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11311 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11312 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11313 // rest of the file. 11314 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11315 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11316 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11317 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11318 return false; 11319 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11320 } 11321 11322 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11323 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11324 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11325 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11326 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11327 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 11328 } 11329 11330 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11331 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11332 } 11333 11334 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11335 bool IsInstantiation) { 11336 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11337 11338 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11339 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11340 11341 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11342 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11343 11344 if (FD) { 11345 FD->setBody(Body); 11346 11347 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11348 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11349 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11350 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11351 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11352 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11353 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11354 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11355 << FD->getReturnType(); 11356 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11357 } else { 11358 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11359 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11360 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11361 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11362 } 11363 } 11364 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11365 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11366 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11367 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11368 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11369 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11370 11371 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11372 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11373 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11374 QualType RetType = 11375 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11376 11377 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11378 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11379 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11380 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11381 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11382 } 11383 } 11384 11385 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11386 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11387 // is the first declaration. 11388 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11389 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11390 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11391 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11392 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11393 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11394 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11395 } 11396 11397 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11398 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11399 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11400 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11401 11402 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11403 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11404 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11405 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11406 11407 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11408 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11409 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11410 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 11411 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11412 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11413 11414 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11415 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11416 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11417 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11418 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11419 11420 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11421 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11422 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11423 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11424 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11425 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11426 } 11427 11428 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11429 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11430 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11431 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11432 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11433 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11434 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11435 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11436 11437 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11438 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11439 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11440 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11441 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11442 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11443 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11444 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11445 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11446 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11447 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11448 } 11449 } 11450 } 11451 11452 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11453 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11454 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11455 MD->isVirtual() && 11456 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11457 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11458 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11459 if (FD->isInlined() && 11460 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11461 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11462 11463 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11464 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11465 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11466 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11467 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11468 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11469 } else { 11470 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11471 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11472 } 11473 } 11474 } 11475 11476 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11477 "Function parsing confused"); 11478 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11479 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11480 MD->setBody(Body); 11481 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11482 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 11483 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 11484 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11485 11486 if (Body) 11487 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11488 } 11489 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11490 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11491 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11492 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11493 } 11494 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11495 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11496 bool isDesignated = 11497 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11498 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11499 (void)isDesignated; 11500 11501 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11502 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11503 if (!IFace) 11504 return false; 11505 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11506 if (!SuperD) 11507 return false; 11508 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11509 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11510 }; 11511 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11512 // of NSObject. 11513 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11514 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11515 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11516 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11517 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11518 } 11519 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11520 } 11521 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11522 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11523 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11524 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11525 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11526 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11527 } 11528 } else { 11529 return nullptr; 11530 } 11531 11532 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11533 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11534 "handled in the block above."); 11535 11536 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11537 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11538 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11539 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11540 // Verify this. 11541 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11542 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11543 11544 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11545 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11546 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11547 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11548 11549 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11550 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11551 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11552 11553 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11554 Destructor->getParent()); 11555 } 11556 11557 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11558 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11559 // deletion in some later function. 11560 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11561 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11562 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11563 } 11564 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11565 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11566 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11567 // enabled. 11568 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11569 } 11570 11571 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11572 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11573 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11574 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11575 11576 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11577 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11578 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11579 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11580 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11581 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11582 break; 11583 } 11584 } 11585 } 11586 11587 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11588 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11589 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11590 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11591 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11592 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11593 } 11594 11595 if (!IsInstantiation) 11596 PopDeclContext(); 11597 11598 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11599 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11600 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11601 // deletion in some later function. 11602 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11603 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11604 } 11605 11606 return dcl; 11607 } 11608 11609 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11610 /// relevant Decl. 11611 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11612 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11613 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11614 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11615 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11616 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11617 11618 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11619 if (Method->isStatic()) 11620 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11621 } 11622 11623 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11624 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11625 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11626 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11627 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11628 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11629 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11630 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11631 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11632 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11633 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11634 return ExternCPrev; 11635 } 11636 11637 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11638 unsigned diag_id; 11639 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11640 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11641 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11642 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11643 else 11644 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11645 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11646 11647 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11648 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11649 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11650 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11651 if (S && 11652 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11653 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11654 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11655 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11656 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11657 } 11658 11659 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11660 const char *Dummy; 11661 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11662 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11663 unsigned DiagID; 11664 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11665 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11666 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11667 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11668 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11669 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11670 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11671 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11672 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11673 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11674 /*NumParams=*/0, 11675 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11676 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11677 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11678 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11679 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11680 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11681 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11682 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11683 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11684 EST_None, 11685 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11686 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11687 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11688 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11689 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11690 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11691 Loc, Loc, D), 11692 DS.getAttributes(), 11693 SourceLocation()); 11694 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11695 11696 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11697 11698 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11699 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11700 11701 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11702 FD->setImplicit(); 11703 11704 CurContext = PrevDC; 11705 11706 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11707 11708 return FD; 11709 } 11710 11711 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11712 /// the declaration of this function. 11713 /// 11714 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11715 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11716 /// like NSLog or printf. 11717 /// 11718 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11719 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11720 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11721 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11722 return; 11723 11724 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11725 // actual attributes. 11726 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11727 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11728 unsigned FormatIdx; 11729 bool HasVAListArg; 11730 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11731 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11732 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11733 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11734 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11735 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11736 fmt = "NSString"; 11737 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11738 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11739 FormatIdx+1, 11740 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11741 FD->getLocation())); 11742 } 11743 } 11744 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11745 HasVAListArg)) { 11746 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11747 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11748 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11749 FormatIdx+1, 11750 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11751 FD->getLocation())); 11752 } 11753 11754 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11755 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11756 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11757 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11758 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11759 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11760 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11761 } 11762 11763 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11764 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11765 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11766 FD->getLocation())); 11767 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11768 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11769 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 11770 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11771 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11772 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11773 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11774 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11775 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 11776 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 11777 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 11778 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11779 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11780 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11781 else 11782 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11783 } 11784 } 11785 11786 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 11787 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 11788 // across. 11789 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 11790 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 11791 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11792 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 11793 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11794 } 11795 11796 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11797 if (!Name) 11798 return; 11799 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11800 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11801 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11802 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11803 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11804 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11805 // about. 11806 } else 11807 return; 11808 11809 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11810 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11811 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11812 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11813 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11814 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11815 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11816 FD->getLocation())); 11817 } 11818 11819 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11820 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11821 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11822 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11823 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11824 FD->getLocation())); 11825 } 11826 } 11827 11828 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11829 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11830 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11831 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11832 11833 if (!TInfo) { 11834 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11835 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11836 } 11837 11838 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11839 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11840 D.getLocStart(), 11841 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11842 D.getIdentifier(), 11843 TInfo); 11844 11845 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11846 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11847 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11848 return NewTD; 11849 } 11850 11851 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11852 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11853 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11854 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11855 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11856 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11857 else 11858 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11859 } 11860 11861 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11862 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11863 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11864 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11865 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11866 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11867 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11868 case TST_enum: 11869 case TST_struct: 11870 case TST_interface: 11871 case TST_union: 11872 case TST_class: { 11873 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11874 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11875 break; 11876 } 11877 11878 default: 11879 break; 11880 } 11881 11882 return NewTD; 11883 } 11884 11885 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11886 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11887 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11888 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11889 11890 if (T->isDependentType()) 11891 return false; 11892 11893 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11894 if (BT->isInteger()) 11895 return false; 11896 11897 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11898 return true; 11899 } 11900 11901 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11902 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11903 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 11904 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11905 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11906 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11907 11908 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11909 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11910 << Prev->isScoped(); 11911 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11912 return true; 11913 } 11914 11915 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11916 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11917 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11918 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11919 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11920 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11921 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11922 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11923 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11924 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11925 return true; 11926 } 11927 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 11928 ; 11929 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 11930 ; 11931 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11932 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11933 << Prev->isFixed(); 11934 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11935 return true; 11936 } 11937 11938 return false; 11939 } 11940 11941 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11942 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11943 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11944 /// 11945 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11946 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11947 switch (Tag) { 11948 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11949 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11950 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11951 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11952 } 11953 } 11954 11955 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11956 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11957 /// 11958 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11959 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11960 { 11961 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11962 } 11963 11964 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11965 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11966 /// 11967 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11968 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11969 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11970 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11971 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11972 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11973 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11974 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11975 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11976 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11977 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11978 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11979 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11980 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11981 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11982 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11983 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11984 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11985 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11986 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11987 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11988 return true; 11989 11990 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11991 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11992 bool isTemplate = false; 11993 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11994 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11995 11996 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11997 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11998 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11999 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12000 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12001 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12002 return true; 12003 } 12004 12005 if (isDefinition) { 12006 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12007 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12008 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12009 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12010 return true; 12011 } 12012 12013 bool previousMismatch = false; 12014 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12015 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12016 if (!previousMismatch) { 12017 previousMismatch = true; 12018 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12019 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12020 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12021 } 12022 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12023 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12024 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12025 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12026 } 12027 } 12028 return true; 12029 } 12030 12031 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12032 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12033 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12034 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12035 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12036 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12037 return true; 12038 } 12039 12040 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12041 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12042 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12043 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12044 12045 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12046 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12047 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12048 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12049 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12050 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12051 } 12052 12053 return true; 12054 } 12055 return false; 12056 } 12057 12058 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12059 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12060 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12061 /// namespace N { 12062 /// struct X; 12063 /// namespace M { 12064 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12065 /// } 12066 /// } 12067 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12068 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12069 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12070 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12071 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12072 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12073 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12074 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12075 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12076 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12077 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12078 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12079 return FixItHint(); 12080 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12081 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12082 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12083 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12084 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12085 break; 12086 } 12087 12088 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12089 // build an NNS. 12090 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12091 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12092 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12093 OS << "::"; 12094 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12095 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12096 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12097 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12098 } 12099 12100 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12101 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12102 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12103 /// using-declaration). 12104 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12105 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12106 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12107 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12108 12109 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12110 return true; 12111 12112 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12113 // encloses the other). 12114 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12115 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12116 return true; 12117 12118 return false; 12119 } 12120 12121 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12122 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12123 /// nothing. 12124 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12125 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12126 DC = DC->getParent(); 12127 return DC; 12128 } 12129 12130 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12131 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12132 /// nothing. 12133 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 12134 while (S->isClassScope() || 12135 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 12136 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12137 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12138 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12139 S = S->getParent(); 12140 return S; 12141 } 12142 12143 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12144 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12145 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12146 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12147 /// 12148 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12149 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12150 /// 12151 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12152 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12153 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12154 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12155 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12156 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12157 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12158 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12159 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12160 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12161 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12162 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12163 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12164 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12165 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12166 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12167 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12168 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12169 12170 OwnedDecl = false; 12171 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12172 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12173 12174 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12175 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12176 bool Invalid = false; 12177 12178 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12179 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12180 // for non-C++ cases. 12181 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12182 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12183 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12184 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12185 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12186 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12187 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12188 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12189 return nullptr; 12190 } 12191 12192 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12193 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12194 // be a member of another template). 12195 12196 if (Invalid) 12197 return nullptr; 12198 12199 OwnedDecl = false; 12200 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12201 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12202 TemplateParams, AS, 12203 ModulePrivateLoc, 12204 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12205 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12206 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12207 SkipBody); 12208 return Result.get(); 12209 } else { 12210 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12211 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12212 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12213 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12214 } 12215 } 12216 } 12217 12218 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12219 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12220 // redeclaration. 12221 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12222 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12223 12224 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12225 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12226 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12227 // type, default to int. 12228 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12229 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12230 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12231 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12232 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12233 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12234 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12235 12236 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12237 // Recover by falling back to int. 12238 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12239 12240 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12241 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12242 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12243 12244 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12245 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12246 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12247 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12248 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12249 } 12250 } 12251 } 12252 12253 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12254 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12255 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12256 12257 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12258 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12259 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12260 12261 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12262 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12263 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12264 12265 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12266 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12267 Name = nullptr; 12268 goto CreateNewDecl; 12269 } 12270 12271 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12272 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12273 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12274 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12275 if (!DC) { 12276 IsDependent = true; 12277 return nullptr; 12278 } 12279 } else { 12280 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12281 if (!DC) { 12282 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12283 << SS.getRange(); 12284 return nullptr; 12285 } 12286 } 12287 12288 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12289 return nullptr; 12290 12291 SearchDC = DC; 12292 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12293 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12294 12295 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12296 return nullptr; 12297 12298 if (Previous.empty()) { 12299 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12300 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12301 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12302 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12303 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12304 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12305 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12306 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12307 IsDependent = true; 12308 return nullptr; 12309 } 12310 12311 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12312 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12313 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12314 Name = nullptr; 12315 Invalid = true; 12316 goto CreateNewDecl; 12317 } 12318 } else if (Name) { 12319 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12320 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12321 // name different from T: 12322 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12323 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12324 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12325 return nullptr; 12326 12327 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12328 // declaration or definition. 12329 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12330 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12331 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12332 LookupName(Previous, S); 12333 12334 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12335 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12336 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12337 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12338 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12339 while (F.hasNext()) { 12340 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12341 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 12342 F.erase(); 12343 } 12344 F.done(); 12345 } 12346 12347 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12348 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12349 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12350 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12351 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12352 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12353 // 12354 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12355 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12356 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12357 // 12358 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12359 // semantic context? 12360 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12361 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12362 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12363 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12364 while (F.hasNext()) { 12365 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12366 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12367 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12368 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12369 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12370 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12371 else 12372 F.erase(); 12373 } 12374 } 12375 F.done(); 12376 12377 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12378 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12379 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12380 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12381 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12382 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12383 } 12384 } 12385 12386 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12387 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12388 return nullptr; 12389 12390 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12391 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12392 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12393 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12394 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12395 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12396 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12397 } 12398 } 12399 12400 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12401 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12402 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12403 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12404 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12405 Previous.clear(); 12406 } 12407 12408 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12409 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12410 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12411 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12412 12413 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12414 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12415 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12416 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12417 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12418 } 12419 } 12420 12421 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12422 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12423 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12424 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12425 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12426 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12427 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12428 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12429 12430 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12431 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12432 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12433 // 12434 // class-key identifier 12435 // 12436 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12437 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12438 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12439 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12440 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12441 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12442 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12443 // declaration. 12444 // 12445 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12446 // C structs and unions. 12447 // 12448 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12449 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12450 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12451 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12452 // 12453 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12454 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12455 // 12456 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12457 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12458 // lexical context, 12459 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12460 12461 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12462 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12463 } else { 12464 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12465 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12466 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12467 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12468 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12469 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12470 } 12471 12472 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12473 // diagnose some problems. 12474 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12475 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12476 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12477 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12478 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12479 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12480 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12481 } else { 12482 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12483 LookupName(Previous, S); 12484 } 12485 } 12486 12487 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12488 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12489 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12490 12491 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12492 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12493 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12494 12495 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12496 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12497 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12498 // in C++. 12499 // 12500 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12501 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12502 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12503 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12504 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12505 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12506 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12507 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12508 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12509 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12510 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12511 PrevDecl = Tag; 12512 Previous.clear(); 12513 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12514 Previous.resolveKind(); 12515 } 12516 } 12517 } 12518 } 12519 12520 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12521 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12522 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12523 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12524 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12525 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12526 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12527 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12528 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12529 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12530 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12531 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12532 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12533 << 0; 12534 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12535 Previous.clear(); 12536 goto CreateNewDecl; 12537 } 12538 } 12539 12540 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12541 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12542 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12543 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12544 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12545 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12546 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12547 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12548 // struct or something similar. 12549 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12550 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12551 Name)) { 12552 bool SafeToContinue 12553 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12554 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12555 if (SafeToContinue) 12556 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12557 << Name 12558 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12559 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12560 else 12561 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12562 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12563 12564 if (SafeToContinue) 12565 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12566 else { 12567 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12568 Name = nullptr; 12569 Previous.clear(); 12570 Invalid = true; 12571 } 12572 } 12573 12574 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12575 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12576 12577 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12578 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12579 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12580 if (ScopedEnum) 12581 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12582 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12583 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12584 return PrevTagDecl; 12585 } 12586 12587 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12588 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12589 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12590 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12591 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12592 12593 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12594 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12595 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12596 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12597 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12598 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12599 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12600 } 12601 12602 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12603 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12604 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12605 // and then later defined. 12606 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12607 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12608 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12609 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12610 } 12611 12612 if (!Invalid) { 12613 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12614 // we have attributes. 12615 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12616 if (Attr) { 12617 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 12618 // declaration to hold them. 12619 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 12620 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 12621 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 12622 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 12623 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 12624 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 12625 SS.isEmpty()) { 12626 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 12627 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 12628 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 12629 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 12630 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 12631 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 12632 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 12633 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 12634 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12635 return PrevTagDecl; 12636 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 12637 // that scope. 12638 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12639 } else { 12640 return PrevTagDecl; 12641 } 12642 } 12643 12644 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12645 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12646 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12647 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12648 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12649 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12650 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12651 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12652 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12653 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12654 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12655 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12656 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12657 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12658 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12659 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12660 } 12661 12662 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12663 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12664 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12665 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12666 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12667 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12668 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12669 // use it in place of this one. 12670 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12671 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12672 return Def; 12673 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12674 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12675 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12676 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12677 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12678 else 12679 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12680 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12681 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12682 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12683 // references get the previous definition. 12684 Name = nullptr; 12685 Previous.clear(); 12686 Invalid = true; 12687 } 12688 } else { 12689 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12690 // about a nested redefinition. 12691 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12692 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12693 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12694 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12695 diag::note_previous_definition); 12696 Name = nullptr; 12697 Previous.clear(); 12698 Invalid = true; 12699 } 12700 } 12701 12702 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12703 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12704 } 12705 12706 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12707 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12708 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12709 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12710 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12711 AS = AS_none; 12712 } 12713 } 12714 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12715 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12716 12717 } else { 12718 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12719 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12720 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12721 // have distinct types. 12722 Previous.clear(); 12723 } 12724 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12725 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12726 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12727 12728 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12729 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12730 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12731 } else { 12732 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12733 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12734 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12735 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12736 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12737 unsigned Kind = 0; 12738 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12739 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12740 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12741 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12742 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12743 Invalid = true; 12744 12745 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12746 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12747 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12748 // do nothing 12749 12750 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12751 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12752 unsigned Kind = 0; 12753 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12754 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12755 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12756 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12757 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12758 Invalid = true; 12759 12760 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12761 // case here. 12762 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12763 unsigned Kind = 0; 12764 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12765 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12766 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12767 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12768 Invalid = true; 12769 12770 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12771 } else { 12772 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12773 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12774 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12775 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12776 Name = nullptr; 12777 Invalid = true; 12778 } 12779 12780 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12781 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12782 Previous.clear(); 12783 } 12784 } 12785 12786 CreateNewDecl: 12787 12788 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12789 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12790 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12791 12792 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12793 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12794 // keyword. 12795 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12796 12797 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12798 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12799 // PrevDecl. 12800 TagDecl *New; 12801 12802 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12803 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12804 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12805 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12806 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12807 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12808 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12809 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12810 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12811 TagDecl *Def; 12812 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12813 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12814 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12815 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12816 } 12817 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12818 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12819 << New; 12820 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12821 } else { 12822 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12823 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12824 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12825 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12826 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12827 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12828 12829 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12830 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12831 // the declaration context. 12832 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12833 IsForwardReference = true; 12834 } 12835 } 12836 12837 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12838 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12839 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12840 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12841 else 12842 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12843 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12844 } 12845 } else { 12846 // struct/union/class 12847 12848 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12849 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12850 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12851 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12852 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12853 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12854 12855 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12856 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12857 } else 12858 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12859 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12860 } 12861 12862 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12863 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12864 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12865 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12866 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12867 Invalid = true; 12868 } 12869 12870 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12871 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12872 if (SS.isSet()) { 12873 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12874 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12875 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12876 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12877 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12878 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12879 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12880 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12881 Invalid = true; 12882 12883 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12884 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12885 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12886 } 12887 } 12888 else 12889 Invalid = true; 12890 } 12891 12892 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12893 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12894 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12895 // 12896 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12897 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12898 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12899 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12900 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12901 // parsing of the struct). 12902 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12903 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12904 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12905 } 12906 } 12907 12908 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12909 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12910 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12911 << 2 12912 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12913 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12914 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12915 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12916 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12917 New->setModulePrivate(); 12918 } 12919 12920 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12921 // check the specialization. 12922 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12923 Invalid = true; 12924 12925 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12926 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12927 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12928 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12929 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12930 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12931 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12932 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12933 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12934 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12935 << Name; 12936 Invalid = true; 12937 } 12938 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 12939 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12940 } 12941 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12942 } 12943 12944 if (Invalid) 12945 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12946 12947 if (Attr) 12948 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12949 12950 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12951 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12952 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12953 12954 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12955 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12956 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12957 // the tag name visible. 12958 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12959 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12960 12961 // Set the access specifier. 12962 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12963 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12964 12965 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12966 New->startDefinition(); 12967 12968 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12969 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12970 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12971 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12972 if (PrevDecl) 12973 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12974 12975 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12976 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12977 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12978 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12979 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12980 } else if (Name) { 12981 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12982 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12983 if (IsForwardReference) 12984 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12985 } else { 12986 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12987 } 12988 12989 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12990 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12991 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12992 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12993 II->isStr("FILE")) 12994 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12995 12996 if (PrevDecl) 12997 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12998 12999 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13000 // record. 13001 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13002 13003 OwnedDecl = true; 13004 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13005 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13006 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 13007 } 13008 13009 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13010 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13011 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13012 13013 // Enter the tag context. 13014 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13015 13016 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13017 13018 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13019 // record. 13020 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13021 } 13022 13023 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13024 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13025 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13026 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13027 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13028 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13029 CurContext = OCD; 13030 return IDecl; 13031 } 13032 13033 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13034 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13035 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13036 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13037 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13038 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13039 13040 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13041 13042 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13043 return; 13044 13045 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13046 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13047 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13048 13049 // C++ [class]p2: 13050 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13051 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13052 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13053 // as if it were a public member name. 13054 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13055 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13056 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13057 Record->getIdentifier(), 13058 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13059 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13060 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13061 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13062 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13063 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13064 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13065 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13066 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13067 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13068 } 13069 13070 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13071 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 13072 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13073 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13074 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 13075 13076 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13077 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13078 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13079 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13080 RD->completeDefinition(); 13081 } 13082 13083 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 13084 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13085 13086 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13087 PopDeclContext(); 13088 13089 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13090 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13091 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13092 13093 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13094 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13095 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13096 } 13097 13098 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13099 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13100 PopDeclContext(); 13101 } 13102 13103 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13104 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13105 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13106 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13107 } 13108 13109 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13110 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13111 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13112 } 13113 13114 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13115 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13116 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13117 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13118 13119 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13120 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13121 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13122 RD->completeDefinition(); 13123 } 13124 13125 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13126 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13127 // the FieldCollector. 13128 13129 PopDeclContext(); 13130 } 13131 13132 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13133 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13134 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13135 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13136 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13137 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13138 if (ZeroWidth) 13139 *ZeroWidth = true; 13140 13141 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13142 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13143 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13144 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13145 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13146 return ExprError(); 13147 if (FieldName) 13148 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13149 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13150 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13151 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13152 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13153 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13154 return ExprError(); 13155 13156 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13157 // it now. 13158 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13159 return BitWidth; 13160 13161 llvm::APSInt Value; 13162 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13163 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13164 return ICE; 13165 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13166 13167 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13168 *ZeroWidth = false; 13169 13170 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13171 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13172 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13173 13174 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13175 if (FieldName) 13176 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13177 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13178 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13179 << Value.toString(10); 13180 } 13181 13182 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13183 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13184 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13185 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13186 13187 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13188 // ABI. 13189 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13190 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13191 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13192 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13193 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13194 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13195 unsigned DiagWidth = 13196 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13197 if (FieldName) 13198 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13199 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13200 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13201 13202 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13203 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13204 << DiagWidth; 13205 } 13206 13207 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13208 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13209 // 'bool'. 13210 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13211 if (FieldName) 13212 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13213 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13214 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13215 else 13216 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13217 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13218 } 13219 } 13220 13221 return BitWidth; 13222 } 13223 13224 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13225 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13226 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13227 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13228 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13229 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13230 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13231 return Res; 13232 } 13233 13234 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13235 /// 13236 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13237 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13238 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13239 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13240 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13241 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13242 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13243 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13244 13245 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13246 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13247 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13248 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13249 13250 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13251 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13252 D.setInvalidType(); 13253 T = Context.IntTy; 13254 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13255 } 13256 } 13257 13258 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13259 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13260 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13261 D.setInvalidType(); 13262 } 13263 13264 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13265 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13266 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13267 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13268 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13269 D.setInvalidType(); 13270 } 13271 13272 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13273 13274 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13275 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13276 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13277 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13278 13279 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13280 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13281 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13282 LookupName(Previous, S); 13283 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13284 case LookupResult::Found: 13285 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13286 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13287 break; 13288 13289 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13290 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13291 break; 13292 13293 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13294 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13295 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13296 break; 13297 } 13298 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13299 13300 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13301 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13302 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13303 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13304 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13305 } 13306 13307 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13308 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13309 13310 bool Mutable 13311 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13312 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13313 FieldDecl *NewFD 13314 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13315 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13316 13317 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13318 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13319 13320 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13321 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13322 13323 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13324 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13325 // with the same name in the same scope. 13326 } else if (II) { 13327 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13328 } else 13329 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13330 13331 return NewFD; 13332 } 13333 13334 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13335 /// 13336 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13337 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13338 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13339 /// created. 13340 /// 13341 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13342 /// 13343 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13344 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13345 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13346 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13347 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13348 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13349 SourceLocation TSSL, 13350 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13351 Declarator *D) { 13352 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13353 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13354 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13355 13356 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13357 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13358 if (T.isNull()) { 13359 InvalidDecl = true; 13360 T = Context.IntTy; 13361 } 13362 13363 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13364 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13365 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13366 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13367 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13368 InvalidDecl = true; 13369 } else { 13370 NamedDecl *Def; 13371 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13372 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13373 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13374 InvalidDecl = true; 13375 } 13376 } 13377 } 13378 13379 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13380 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13381 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13382 InvalidDecl = true; 13383 } 13384 13385 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13386 // than a variably modified type. 13387 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13388 bool SizeIsNegative; 13389 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13390 13391 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13392 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13393 SizeIsNegative, 13394 Oversized); 13395 if (FixedTInfo) { 13396 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13397 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13398 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13399 } else { 13400 if (SizeIsNegative) 13401 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13402 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13403 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13404 << Oversized.toString(10); 13405 else 13406 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13407 InvalidDecl = true; 13408 } 13409 } 13410 13411 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13412 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13413 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13414 AbstractFieldType)) 13415 InvalidDecl = true; 13416 13417 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13418 if (InvalidDecl) 13419 BitWidth = nullptr; 13420 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13421 if (BitWidth) { 13422 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13423 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13424 if (!BitWidth) { 13425 InvalidDecl = true; 13426 BitWidth = nullptr; 13427 ZeroWidth = false; 13428 } 13429 } 13430 13431 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13432 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13433 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13434 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13435 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13436 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13437 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13438 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13439 13440 if (DiagID) { 13441 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13442 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13443 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13444 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13445 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13446 Mutable = false; 13447 InvalidDecl = true; 13448 } 13449 } 13450 } 13451 13452 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13453 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13454 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13455 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13456 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13457 13458 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13459 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13460 if (InvalidDecl) 13461 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13462 13463 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13464 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13465 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13466 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13467 } 13468 13469 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13470 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13471 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13472 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13473 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13474 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13475 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13476 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13477 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13478 // objects. 13479 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13480 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13481 } 13482 } 13483 13484 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13485 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13486 // enabled. 13487 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13488 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13489 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13490 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13491 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13492 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13493 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13494 } 13495 } 13496 } 13497 13498 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13499 // representation, not a parser representation. 13500 if (D) { 13501 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13502 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13503 13504 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13505 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13506 } 13507 13508 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13509 // retainable type. 13510 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13511 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13512 13513 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13514 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13515 13516 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13517 return NewFD; 13518 } 13519 13520 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13521 assert(FD); 13522 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13523 13524 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13525 return false; 13526 13527 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13528 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13529 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13530 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13531 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13532 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13533 // copy constructors. 13534 13535 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13536 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13537 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13538 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13539 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13540 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13541 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13542 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13543 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13544 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13545 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13546 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13547 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13548 member = CXXDestructor; 13549 13550 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13551 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13552 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13553 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13554 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13555 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13556 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13557 // members unavailable. 13558 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13559 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13560 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13561 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13562 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13563 return false; 13564 } 13565 } 13566 13567 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13568 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13569 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13570 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13571 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13572 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13573 } 13574 } 13575 } 13576 13577 return false; 13578 } 13579 13580 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13581 /// AST enum value. 13582 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13583 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13584 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13585 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13586 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13587 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13588 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13589 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13590 } 13591 } 13592 13593 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13594 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13595 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13596 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13597 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13598 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13599 13600 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13601 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13602 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13603 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13604 13605 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13606 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13607 13608 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13609 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13610 13611 if (BitWidth) { 13612 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13613 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13614 if (!BitWidth) 13615 D.setInvalidType(); 13616 } else { 13617 // Not a bitfield. 13618 13619 // validate II. 13620 13621 } 13622 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13623 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13624 D.setInvalidType(); 13625 } 13626 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13627 // than a variably modified type. 13628 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13629 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13630 D.setInvalidType(); 13631 } 13632 13633 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13634 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13635 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13636 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13637 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13638 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13639 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13640 return nullptr; 13641 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13642 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13643 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13644 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13645 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13646 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13647 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13648 } 13649 else 13650 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13651 } else { 13652 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13653 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13654 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13655 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13656 return nullptr; 13657 } 13658 } 13659 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13660 } 13661 13662 // Construct the decl. 13663 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13664 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13665 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13666 13667 if (II) { 13668 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13669 ForRedeclaration); 13670 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13671 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13672 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13673 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13674 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13675 } 13676 } 13677 13678 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13679 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13680 13681 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13682 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13683 13684 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13685 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13686 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13687 13688 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13689 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13690 13691 if (II) { 13692 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13693 // these to the interface. 13694 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13695 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13696 } 13697 13698 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13699 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13700 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13701 13702 return NewID; 13703 } 13704 13705 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13706 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13707 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13708 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13709 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13710 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13711 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13712 return; 13713 13714 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13715 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13716 13717 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13718 return; 13719 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13720 if (!ID) { 13721 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13722 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13723 return; 13724 } 13725 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13726 else 13727 return; 13728 } 13729 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13730 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13731 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13732 13733 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13734 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13735 Context.CharTy, 13736 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13737 DeclLoc), 13738 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13739 true); 13740 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13741 } 13742 13743 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13744 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13745 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13746 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13747 13748 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13749 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13750 // it will now change. 13751 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13752 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13753 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13754 default: break; 13755 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13756 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13757 break; 13758 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13759 Context. 13760 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13761 break; 13762 } 13763 } 13764 13765 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13766 13767 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13768 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13769 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13770 if (Record) { 13771 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13772 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13773 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13774 ++NumNamedMembers; 13775 } 13776 } 13777 13778 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13779 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13780 13781 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13782 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13783 i != end; ++i) { 13784 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13785 13786 // Get the type for the field. 13787 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13788 13789 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13790 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13791 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13792 } 13793 13794 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13795 // diagnostics about it. 13796 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13797 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13798 continue; 13799 } 13800 13801 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13802 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13803 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13804 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13805 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13806 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13807 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13808 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13809 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13810 // array. 13811 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13812 // Field declared as a function. 13813 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13814 << FD->getDeclName(); 13815 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13816 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13817 continue; 13818 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13819 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13820 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13821 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13822 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13823 // Flexible array member. 13824 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13825 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13826 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13827 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13828 if (Record->isUnion()) 13829 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13830 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13831 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13832 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13833 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13834 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13835 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13836 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13837 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13838 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13839 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13840 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13841 : 0; 13842 13843 if (DiagID) 13844 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13845 << Record->getTagKind(); 13846 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13847 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13848 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13849 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13850 // of the type. 13851 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13852 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13853 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13854 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13855 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13856 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13857 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13858 13859 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13860 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13861 // 13862 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13863 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13864 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13865 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13866 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13867 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13868 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13869 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13870 continue; 13871 } 13872 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13873 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13874 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13875 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13876 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13877 // Incomplete type 13878 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13879 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13880 continue; 13881 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13882 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13883 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13884 // flexible array member. 13885 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13886 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13887 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13888 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13889 // structures. 13890 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13891 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13892 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13893 else { 13894 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13895 // other structs as an extension. 13896 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13897 << FD->getDeclName(); 13898 } 13899 } 13900 } 13901 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13902 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13903 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13904 AbstractIvarType)) { 13905 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13906 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13907 } 13908 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13909 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13910 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13911 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13912 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13913 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13914 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13915 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13916 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13917 FD->setType(T); 13918 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13919 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13920 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13921 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13922 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13923 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13924 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13925 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13926 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13927 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13928 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13929 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13930 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13931 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13932 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 13933 } 13934 } else { 13935 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13936 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13937 } 13938 ARCErrReported = true; 13939 } 13940 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13941 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13942 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13943 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13944 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13945 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13946 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13947 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13948 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13949 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13950 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13951 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13952 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13953 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13954 } 13955 } 13956 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13957 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13958 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13959 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13960 ++NumNamedMembers; 13961 } 13962 13963 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13964 if (Record) { 13965 bool Completed = false; 13966 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13967 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13968 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13969 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13970 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13971 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13972 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13973 } 13974 13975 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13976 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13977 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13978 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13979 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13980 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13981 } 13982 13983 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13984 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13985 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13986 13987 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13988 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13989 // problem now. 13990 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13991 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13992 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13993 13994 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13995 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13996 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13997 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13998 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13999 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14000 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14001 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14002 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14003 continue; 14004 14005 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14006 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14007 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14008 // program is ill-formed. 14009 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14010 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14011 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14012 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14013 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14014 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14015 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14016 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14017 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14018 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14019 14020 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14021 } 14022 } 14023 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14024 Completed = true; 14025 } 14026 } 14027 } 14028 } 14029 14030 if (!Completed) 14031 Record->completeDefinition(); 14032 14033 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14034 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14035 14036 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14037 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14038 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14039 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14040 } 14041 14042 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14043 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14044 // compatibility problems. 14045 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14046 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14047 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14048 } else { 14049 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14050 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14051 CheckForZeroSize = 14052 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14053 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14054 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14055 } 14056 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14057 bool ZeroSize = true; 14058 bool IsEmpty = true; 14059 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14060 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14061 E = Record->field_end(); 14062 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14063 IsEmpty = false; 14064 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14065 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14066 ZeroSize = false; 14067 } else { 14068 ++NonBitFields; 14069 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14070 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14071 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14072 ZeroSize = false; 14073 } 14074 } 14075 14076 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14077 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14078 // extern "C" block. 14079 if (ZeroSize) { 14080 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14081 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14082 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14083 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14084 } 14085 14086 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14087 // but are accepted by GCC. 14088 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14089 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14090 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14091 << Record->isUnion(); 14092 } 14093 } 14094 } else { 14095 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14096 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14097 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14098 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14099 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14100 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14101 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14102 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14103 } 14104 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14105 // duplicates. 14106 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14107 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14108 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14109 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14110 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14111 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14112 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14113 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14114 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14115 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14116 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14117 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14118 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14119 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14120 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14121 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14122 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14123 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14124 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14125 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14126 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14127 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14128 if (IDecl) { 14129 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14130 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14131 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14132 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14133 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14134 continue; 14135 } 14136 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14137 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14138 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14139 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14140 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14141 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14142 continue; 14143 } 14144 } 14145 } 14146 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14147 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14148 } 14149 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14150 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14151 } 14152 } 14153 14154 if (Attr) 14155 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14156 } 14157 14158 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14159 /// the given type T. 14160 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14161 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14162 QualType T) { 14163 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14164 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14165 14166 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14167 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14168 --BitWidth; 14169 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14170 } 14171 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14172 } 14173 14174 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14175 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14176 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14177 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14178 // enum checking below. 14179 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14180 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14181 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14182 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14183 }; 14184 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14185 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14186 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14187 }; 14188 14189 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14190 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14191 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14192 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14193 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14194 return Types[I]; 14195 14196 return QualType(); 14197 } 14198 14199 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14200 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14201 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14202 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14203 Expr *Val) { 14204 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14205 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14206 QualType EltTy; 14207 14208 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14209 Val = nullptr; 14210 14211 if (Val) 14212 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14213 14214 if (Val) { 14215 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14216 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14217 else { 14218 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14219 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14220 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14221 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14222 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14223 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14224 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14225 ExprResult Converted = 14226 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14227 CCEK_Enumerator); 14228 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14229 Val = nullptr; 14230 else 14231 Val = Converted.get(); 14232 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14233 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14234 &EnumVal).get())) { 14235 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14236 } else { 14237 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14238 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14239 14240 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14241 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14242 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14243 // expression checking. 14244 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14245 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14246 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14247 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14248 } else 14249 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14250 } else 14251 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14252 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14253 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14254 .get(); 14255 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14256 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14257 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14258 // is the type of its initializing value: 14259 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14260 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14261 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14262 } else { 14263 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14264 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14265 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14266 // representable as an int. 14267 14268 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14269 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14270 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14271 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14272 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14273 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14274 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14275 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14276 } 14277 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14278 } 14279 } 14280 } 14281 } 14282 14283 if (!Val) { 14284 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14285 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14286 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14287 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14288 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14289 // is the type of its initializing value: 14290 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14291 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14292 // 14293 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14294 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14295 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14296 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14297 } 14298 else { 14299 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14300 } 14301 } else { 14302 // Assign the last value + 1. 14303 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14304 ++EnumVal; 14305 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14306 14307 // Check for overflow on increment. 14308 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14309 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14310 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14311 // is the type of its initializing value: 14312 // 14313 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14314 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14315 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14316 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14317 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14318 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14319 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14320 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14321 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14322 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14323 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14324 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14325 ++EnumVal; 14326 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14327 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14328 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14329 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14330 << EltTy; 14331 else 14332 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14333 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14334 } else { 14335 EltTy = T; 14336 } 14337 14338 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14339 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14340 // value, then increment. 14341 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14342 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14343 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14344 ++EnumVal; 14345 14346 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14347 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14348 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14349 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14350 // integral type. 14351 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14352 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14353 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14354 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14355 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14356 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14357 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14358 } 14359 } 14360 } 14361 14362 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14363 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14364 // enumerator's type. 14365 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14366 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14367 } 14368 14369 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14370 Val, EnumVal); 14371 } 14372 14373 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14374 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14375 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14376 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14377 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14378 14379 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14380 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14381 // skip the body. 14382 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14383 ForRedeclaration); 14384 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14385 if (!PrevECD) 14386 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14387 14388 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14389 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14390 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14391 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14392 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14393 return Skip; 14394 } 14395 14396 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14397 } 14398 14399 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14400 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14401 AttributeList *Attr, 14402 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14403 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14404 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14405 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14406 14407 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14408 // we find one that is. 14409 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14410 14411 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14412 // scope. 14413 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14414 ForRedeclaration); 14415 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14416 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14417 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14418 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14419 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14420 } 14421 14422 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14423 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14424 // different from T: 14425 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14426 // enumerated type 14427 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14428 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14429 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14430 14431 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14432 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14433 if (!New) 14434 return nullptr; 14435 14436 if (PrevDecl) { 14437 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14438 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14439 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14440 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14441 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14442 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14443 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14444 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14445 else 14446 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14447 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14448 return nullptr; 14449 } 14450 } 14451 14452 // Process attributes. 14453 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14454 14455 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14456 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14457 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14458 14459 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14460 14461 return New; 14462 } 14463 14464 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14465 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14466 // Element2 = Element1 14467 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14468 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14469 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14470 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14471 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14472 if (!InitExpr) 14473 return true; 14474 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14475 14476 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14477 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14478 return true; 14479 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14480 if (!IL) 14481 return true; 14482 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14483 return true; 14484 14485 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14486 } 14487 14488 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14489 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14490 if (!DRE) 14491 return true; 14492 14493 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14494 if (!EnumConstant) 14495 return true; 14496 14497 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14498 Enum) 14499 return true; 14500 14501 return false; 14502 } 14503 14504 namespace { 14505 struct DupKey { 14506 int64_t val; 14507 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14508 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14509 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14510 }; 14511 14512 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14513 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14514 false); 14515 } 14516 14517 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14518 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14519 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14520 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14521 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14522 } 14523 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14524 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14525 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14526 } 14527 }; 14528 } // end anonymous namespace 14529 14530 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14531 // a previous element has already been set to. 14532 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14533 EnumDecl *Enum, 14534 QualType EnumType) { 14535 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14536 return; 14537 // Avoid anonymous enums 14538 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14539 return; 14540 14541 // Only check for small enums. 14542 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14543 return; 14544 14545 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14546 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14547 14548 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14549 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14550 ValueToVectorMap; 14551 14552 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14553 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14554 14555 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14556 // an initialier. 14557 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14558 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14559 14560 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14561 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14562 if (!ECD) { 14563 return; 14564 } 14565 14566 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14567 continue; 14568 14569 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14570 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14571 14572 // First time encountering this value. 14573 if (Entry.isNull()) 14574 Entry = ECD; 14575 } 14576 14577 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14578 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14579 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14580 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14581 continue; 14582 14583 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14584 14585 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14586 if (Entry.isNull()) 14587 continue; 14588 14589 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14590 // Ensure constants are different. 14591 if (D == ECD) 14592 continue; 14593 14594 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14595 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14596 Vec->push_back(D); 14597 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14598 14599 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14600 Entry = Vec; 14601 14602 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14603 // diagnostics. 14604 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14605 continue; 14606 } 14607 14608 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14609 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14610 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14611 continue; 14612 14613 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14614 } 14615 14616 // Emit diagnostics. 14617 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14618 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14619 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14620 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14621 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14622 14623 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14624 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14625 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14626 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14627 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14628 ++I; 14629 14630 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14631 // the same value. 14632 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14633 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14634 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14635 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14636 delete Vec; 14637 } 14638 } 14639 14640 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14641 bool AllowMask) const { 14642 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14643 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14644 14645 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14646 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14647 14648 if (R.second) { 14649 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14650 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14651 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14652 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14653 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14654 } 14655 } 14656 14657 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14658 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14659 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14660 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14661 // 14662 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14663 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14664 // likely a logic error. 14665 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14666 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14667 } 14668 14669 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14670 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14671 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14672 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14673 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14674 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14675 14676 if (Attr) 14677 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14678 14679 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14680 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14681 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14682 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14683 if (!ECD) continue; 14684 14685 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14686 } 14687 14688 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14689 return; 14690 } 14691 14692 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14693 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14694 // emit a warning. 14695 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14696 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14697 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14698 14699 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14700 // reverse the list. 14701 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14702 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14703 14704 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14705 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14706 14707 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14708 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14709 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14710 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14711 14712 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14713 14714 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14715 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14716 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14717 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14718 else 14719 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14720 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14721 14722 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14723 if (AllElementsInt) 14724 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14725 } 14726 14727 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14728 QualType BestType; 14729 unsigned BestWidth; 14730 14731 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14732 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14733 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14734 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14735 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14736 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14737 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14738 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14739 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14740 QualType BestPromotionType; 14741 14742 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14743 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14744 // enum definitions. 14745 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14746 Packed = true; 14747 14748 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14749 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14750 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14751 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14752 else 14753 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14754 14755 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14756 } 14757 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14758 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14759 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14760 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14761 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14762 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14763 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14764 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14765 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14766 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14767 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14768 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14769 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14770 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14771 } else { 14772 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14773 14774 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14775 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14776 } else { 14777 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14778 14779 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14780 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14781 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14782 } 14783 } 14784 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14785 } else { 14786 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14787 // all of the enumerator values. 14788 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14789 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14790 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14791 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14792 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14793 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14794 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14795 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14796 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14797 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14798 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14799 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14800 BestPromotionType 14801 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14802 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14803 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14804 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14805 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14806 BestPromotionType 14807 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14808 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14809 } else { 14810 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14811 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14812 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14813 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14814 BestPromotionType 14815 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14816 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14817 } 14818 } 14819 14820 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14821 // the type of the enum if needed. 14822 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14823 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14824 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14825 14826 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14827 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14828 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14829 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14830 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14831 14832 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14833 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14834 14835 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14836 // the enum decl type. 14837 QualType NewTy; 14838 unsigned NewWidth; 14839 bool NewSign; 14840 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14841 !Enum->isFixed() && 14842 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14843 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14844 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14845 NewSign = true; 14846 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14847 // Already the right type! 14848 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14849 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14850 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14851 // enumeration. 14852 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14853 continue; 14854 } else { 14855 NewTy = BestType; 14856 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14857 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14858 } 14859 14860 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14861 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14862 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14863 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14864 14865 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14866 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14867 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14868 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14869 CK_IntegralCast, 14870 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14871 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14872 VK_RValue)); 14873 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14874 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14875 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14876 // enumeration. 14877 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14878 else 14879 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14880 } 14881 14882 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14883 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14884 14885 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14886 14887 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14888 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14889 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14890 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14891 14892 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14893 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14894 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14895 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14896 << ECD << Enum; 14897 } 14898 } 14899 14900 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14901 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14902 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14903 } 14904 14905 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14906 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14907 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14908 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14909 14910 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14911 AsmString, StartLoc, 14912 EndLoc); 14913 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14914 return New; 14915 } 14916 14917 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14918 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 14919 bool FromInclude = false) { 14920 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 14921 14922 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14923 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14924 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14925 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 14926 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 14927 break; 14928 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14929 break; 14930 } 14931 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14932 } 14933 14934 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14935 DC = DC->getParent(); 14936 14937 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14938 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 14939 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 14940 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14941 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14942 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14943 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14944 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 14945 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 14946 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14947 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14948 } 14949 } 14950 14951 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 14952 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14953 } 14954 14955 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14956 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14957 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14958 Module *Mod = 14959 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14960 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14961 if (!Mod) 14962 return true; 14963 14964 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14965 14966 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14967 14968 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14969 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14970 // silently ignoring the import. 14971 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14972 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().CompilingModule 14973 ? diag::err_module_self_import 14974 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14975 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14976 14977 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14978 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14979 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14980 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14981 // We need the length to be consistent. 14982 if (!ModCheck) 14983 break; 14984 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14985 14986 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14987 } 14988 14989 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14990 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14991 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14992 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14993 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14994 return Import; 14995 } 14996 14997 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14998 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 14999 15000 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15001 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15002 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15003 // 15004 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15005 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15006 TUKind == TU_Module && 15007 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15008 15009 // Similarly, if we're in the implementation of a module, don't 15010 // synthesize an illegal module import. FIXME: Why not? 15011 bool ShouldAddImport = 15012 !IsInModuleIncludes && 15013 (getLangOpts().CompilingModule || 15014 getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() || 15015 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != Mod->getTopLevelModuleName()); 15016 15017 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15018 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15019 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15020 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15021 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15022 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15023 DirectiveLoc); 15024 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15025 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15026 } 15027 15028 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15029 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15030 } 15031 15032 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15033 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15034 15035 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15036 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 15037 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15038 } 15039 15040 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15041 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15042 15043 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15044 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 15045 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 15046 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15047 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15048 // is now out of date. 15049 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15050 } 15051 } 15052 15053 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15054 Module *Mod) { 15055 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15056 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15057 return; 15058 15059 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15060 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15061 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15062 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15063 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15064 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15065 15066 // Make the module visible. 15067 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15068 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15069 } 15070 15071 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15072 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15073 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15074 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15075 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15076 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15077 LookupOrdinaryName); 15078 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15079 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15080 15081 // If a declaration that: 15082 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15083 // 2) has external linkage 15084 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15085 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15086 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15087 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15088 else 15089 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15090 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15091 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15092 } else 15093 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15094 } 15095 15096 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15097 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15098 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15099 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15100 15101 if (PrevDecl) { 15102 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15103 } else { 15104 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15105 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15106 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15107 } 15108 } 15109 15110 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15111 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15112 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15113 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15114 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15115 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15116 LookupOrdinaryName); 15117 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15118 15119 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15120 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15121 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15122 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15123 } else { 15124 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15125 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15126 } 15127 } 15128 15129 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15130 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15131 } 15132 15133 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 15134 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 15135 if (!D) 15136 return AR_Available; 15137 15138 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 15139 // both the availability of the method as well as the 15140 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 15141 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 15142 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 15143 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 15144 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 15145 if (R != AR_Available) 15146 return R; 15147 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 15148 } 15149 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 15150 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 15151 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 15152 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 15153 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 15154 } 15155 // Recover from user error. 15156 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 15157 } 15158